"

Brief

Grammar

English

FRED
PROFESSOR

OF

BUCK,
OF

PROFESSOR

OF

UNIVERSITY

THE

RHETORIC,

GERTRUDE
ASSOCIATE

Ph.D.

NEWTON_SCOTT,

ENGLISH,

MICHIGAN

Ph.D.
VASSAR

COLLEGE

CHICAGO

SCOTT.

FORESMAN

AND
1906

COMPANY

v/

Harvard

univer^i

DeptofEdueatlenUbrair,
r'ftnffhoPi'Hishen-.,

HARVAII0COUe"tiB"gy

COPYRIGHT
BY

SCOTT,

ROBERT
PRINTERS

FORESMAN

O.
AND

IBOB
COMPANY

AND

LAW

BINDERS.

COMPANV
CnlCAOO

PREFACE

It

of

system

oflF from

become

it, and

in

text-books

of

the

form,

modified

and

to

It

claim

can

the

of

complete.

end,

in

the

must

be

fruitful

sounder
The

or

desire

to

by

elaborate,

define

in

the

recent

which

meaning
with

page
which

situation

originality

of

have

the

shaped

only
theory

of

language-function,
Since

represents

speaker

to

the

the

linguistics.

the

member

to

The

postulates

to

is, however,

of

this

to

composition,

teaching,

but

for

subjects.
throughout
will

act

of

directly

the

whether

order

simple

cation
thought-communi-

business

of

as

explain

sentence,

typical

hearer,

successively every

familiar

and

vital

these

the

and

long

and

more

since

been

grammar

language-form

treat

function

experimentation

for

rolled.
en-

conception,

language-teaching

of

be

must

fundamental

Continued
both

of

social

the

these
of

not

treatise

philosophy
of

subjects adopted.

from
to

fields

pedagogic

conditioned
of

of

problems

yet

the

on

present

language

application

concrete

not

the

great

no

postulates

students

practical

word

and

the

attempts

structure

advanced

the

recall

to

of

danger

composition,

methods

it

The

to

trary
arbi-

an

recognized

and

rise

gave

matter,

mere

study,

it.

fundamental

organic

various

created

which

meaningless.

grammar

of

subject

processes

abundantly

re-connect

these

Among

its

by

which

thought

been

complicated

any

mind

and

English

attempted

have
to

has

tendency

'made

student's

thing-in-itself,dead
this

when

living

the

the

of

tendency

linguistic forms,

itself

cut

to

invariable

the

seems

the

of

grammar

sentence,

is

every

PREFACE

and

word

contribution
is

both

the

entire

its

book

this

all

have

grammar

designed

detail

of

for

pupil

rather

and

summary

the

by
as

the

250.

is

term,

the

to

the

essential

Passages printed
in

at

For

more

The

of

the

for

students'

The

of

These

be

The

well

may

of

knowledge

in

lowed
al-

subject.

brevier,
and

and

that

b(^

may

exercises
and

modification

be

mentary
supple-

are

hence

questions

both

any

capacity

not

lesson

importance,

discretion.

Each

single subject,

should

each

whole.

able
vari-

particular assignment

they

unity

the

test

subordinate

in

but

by

however,

considerations.
the

following

than

is,

time,

determine

for

English

material

rather

practical

recitation;

of

teacher.

the

not

available

other

than

presentation,

individual

to

the

of English

of

teacher

by

Teaching,

itself

method

suggestive merely, inviting

and

the

teaching

text

presents

necessarily

omitted

"

study;

by implication

recitations, but

definitions

and

Note.

the

rather

of

will

class

destroy

the

to

general

evident,

given

any

to

or

sentence

grammatical
sense

The
a

and

will

for

subject

the

largest

as

conveyed

according

conditions

used

be

of

students,

used

the

of

individual

its

Thus

end

designed

the

at

it will

divisible
the

the

suggestions

been

number

fixed

is

indicate

to

chapter,

p.

and

recommendation.

specific

in

of

of communication.

beginning

teacher,

the

basis

the

on

subject-matter.

Since

107;

this act

to

sentence-analysis, in

and

are

inflection,

every

plement
sup-

teacher.

The

direct

in

see

School

Elementary

Grammar,
Sentence

suggestions

New

Diagram,

York
in

The

The

Foundations

Teacher,

Vol.

Teachers'
Educational

of English

3, p. 480;

Monographs,
Review,

also,

mar
GramThe

vival
Re-

Vol.

IV,

Vol-

XIII,

p.

CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION

PAGE

of

The

Nature

Tlie

Study

of

Language

12

The

Study

of

Grammar

12

Language

11

PART

I"

THE

SKXTENCE

Chapter

HOW

What

Sentence

The

One-

Word

The

Divisions

The

Subject

Various

17

Sentence

17

Sentence

the

and

the
of

18

Predicate

19

Sentence:

the

Declarative

21
21

Sentences

Exclamatory

II"

THE

21

MEMBERS
PARTS

OF

THE

OF

SPEECH

The

Divisions

The

Noun

of

and
and

the

the

THE

27

Adjective

28

Nouns
and

AND

GROWS

Subject

Proper

Concrete,

SUBJECT

THE

HOW

SENTENCE

II

Chapter

Collective,

20
...

Sentences

Imperative

Common

Sentences.

Sentences

Interrogative

PART

GROWS

SENTENCE

Is

of

Types

THE

28

Nouns

Abstract
5

30

ENGLISH

BRIEF

GRAMMAR
PAGK

Personal

Pronouns

Demonstrative

31

Pronoun:?

Indefinite

33

Pronouns

Interrogative

33

Pronouns

33
34

The

Office

of

the

The

Kinds

of

Adjectives:

Demonstrative

Adjective
Qualifying

Adjectives

35

Adjectives

37

Articles

37

Numeral

and

Ordinal

Interrogative
Possessive

Adjective.:

37

Adjectives

38

38'

Adjectiv^es

Appositives

39

Proper Adjectives

40

III

Chapter

THE

HOW

The

Divisions

The

Verb

The

Indirect

The

Adverb

of

and

the

48

49
49

Adverbs

of

Time

Adverbs

of

Affirmation,

Adverbs

of

Degree

Kinds

of

Place

49

Uncertainty,

and

Negation

50
50
51

Adverbs

Verbs:

Transitive

or

Intransitive

Verl)S

51

53

Verbs

53

Copula
and

Impersonal
The

and

Interrogative

Reflexive

Active

47

Object

Manner

The

47

Objerl

the

of

The

GROWS

Predicate

Adverbs

The

PREDICATE

Passive

54

Verbs

"'"-'5

Verbs

Complements

of

Intransitive

Verbs:

The

Cosnatr

ject
Ob"'"-'5

CONTENTS

7
PAGE

The

Noun

The

Adjective

Complement

56

Complement

57

Chapter

THE

The

Office

of

The

Elements

The

Preposition

the
of

IV

PHRASE

PREPOSITIONAL

Phrase

64

the

65

Phrase

65

Chapter

THE

The

Clause

and

Subordinate
The

Sentence

the

71

Clauses
of

Kinds

71

Clauses

Subordinate

Adverb

Clauses

Adjective
Noun

clause

Relative

Simple

73

Conjunctions
in

Pronouns

Subordinate
and

72
73

Clauses

Subordinate

Clauses

Adjective

Conjunctions

Complex

in Adverb

in

Clauses

Clauses

Nomi

74
74

Clauses

Sentences

75
75

Codrdinate

Clauses

75

Compound

Sentences

76

Coordinate

Words

Single Codrdinate
Double

or

and

76

Phrases

77

Conjunctions

Correlative

Coordinate

Chapter

the

Definitions

eight

parts

Conjunctions

79

VI

of

speech

86

THE

III"

PART

BRIEF

GRAMMAR

ENGLISH

MODIFICATIONS

OF

THE

PARTS

OF

SPEECH
Chapter
THE

DECLENSION

OF

VII
NOUNS

AND

PRONOUNS

PAGE

Inflection

90

Number:

The

Singular and

Plural

the

Number

in

Nouns..

91

'

Regular

The

Form

Irregular Forms

of

of the

Nouns

Ending

in /

Nouns

Ending

in y,

Noims

Ending

in

Nouns

of

Plural:

Preceded

by

92

Consonant

93

Anglo-Saxon

Origin

94

Plurals

95

Nouns

with

Both

Foreign

Plurals

Nouns

with

Nouns

with

the

Same

Nouns

with

No

Plural

Nouns

with

No

Singular Form

in

So"iid.

94

Foreign

Number

Signs

Foreign

in

an

94

with

Number

in

Ending

Nouns

Two

Position

Nouns

93

Foreign

The

92

/e

or

Letters, Figures, and

Some

Plural

the

of

the

Personal

of

Form

and

Different
for

English

Plurals

95

Meanings

Singular and

Plural

96

Numbers

97

Form

97

98

Sign of the

Plural

99

Pronouns

99

Interrogative, Relative, and

Demonstrative

nouns
Pro100

Gender
Neuter

in

Masculine

Nouns:

Gender

and

Gender

in

Personal

Gender

in Relative

Common

and

Feminine

Gender

100

Gender

102

Pronouns
and

Interrogative

102

Pronouns

103

Person

in Pronouns

103

Person

in Nouns

104
104

Case
The

Nominative

Tlie

Objective Case

105

Case

100
,

"

CONTENTS

9
PAOK

The

Possessive

Case

The

Declension

of

The

Declension

of

The

Declension

of the

The

Declension

of

Case

in Nouns:

The

Objective

The

Possessive

The

Declension

107

Personal

the

Pronouns

Interrogative

the

Relative

Nominative

109
109

Case

110

Case

Ill

Case

Ill

the

of

Noun

113

Agreement

of

Person

Number

Subject

the

and

OF

the

VERBS

Predicate

Verb

123
123

Simple

The

VIII

CONJUGATION

THE

Tense:

108

Pronouns

Chapter

and

Pronouns

Forms

Compound

The

107

Tenses

124

The

Perfect

The

Participles

129

The

Infinitives

131

Tenses

Indicative

The

Mood:

Imperative

The

Subjunctive
Uses

The

of

131
132

Mood

132

Subjunctive

the
Verbs

Auxiliary

Mood

Mood

The

Other

125

133

Substitutes

as

the

Subjunctive

Infinitive

Mood:

The

Infinitive

in ing

135

The

Infinitive

Phrase

136

The

Infinitive

with

the

Auxiliary

The

Participle and

the

Infinitive

and

the

Perfect

134
....

The

The

Present

for

Verbs

Infiiiilive

134

138
138

Voice

139

Regular

and

Regular

or

Irregular

Irregular or
Weak

or

Verbs

Strong

Verbs

AVenk

and

St 101112: A'lrbs

139
140

142

10

BRIEF

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR
PAGE

The

Principal
of

Sequence
The

Parts

of
in

Tenses

Complete

the

Verb

143

Indirect

Conjugation

Discourse

of

the

Verb

('hapter

THE

COMPARISON

The

Comparison

The

Forms

OF

of

IX

The

The

Comparison:

144

ADJECTIVES

Adjectives:

of

144

AND

ADVERBS

of

Degrees

Regular

Comparison

159

Form

160

Forms

of

Comparison

160

The

Comparison

of

Adverbs

163

The

Regular

Irregular

Forms
of

Forms

Irregular

of

Comparison

163

Comparison

164

APPENDIX

Irregularities

"

of

Syntax

S5mtax

168

Parsing

169
of

Forms

Variant

of

Equivalents

the

Sentence
of

Parts

the

170

Speech

170

Questions

of

Agreement

171

Questions

of

Grovernment

175

Position

The

in

Errors

Common

II.

"

III.

"

IV.

"

"

Adverb

the

The
The

178

in

Elements

Independent

V.

of

the

Sentence

178

Construction

179

Copula.
Passive

Irregular

Capitalization,

Verb.
Verbs.

Punctuation,

the

Division

of

words.

GRAMMAR

ENGLISH

BRIEF

INTRODUCTION

together,

live

another's

needs

to

those

who

as

these

can

whenever

The

another's
have

this

of

way

other

what

degree

expressing

far

so

call

we

their

of

rather

action

through

to

comes

understands
know

to

one

They
that

language,'*

and

thoughts

own

people's thoughts

"sign

to

mouth

concerned.

is

hunger

as

fact

simple

his

to

one

how

learned

one

person

gesture

Every

it have

use

thoughts

to

it is made.

who

people

this

and

If

so

one

points

man

hungry;

Ideas
from

gesture.
is

starvation.

of

communicated

be

or

he

hunger

mean

die

must

this

conveying

of

one

he

perish.

all

may

means

spme

it, or

sign

they

or

knowing

approaching,

danger

sees

find

easily

that

show

one

of

means

they

when

savages,

"

some

others,

must

have

by

another

it.

If

the

he

food,

to

to

have

must

warn

Even

Language.

thoughts.

able

be

of

Nature

The

1.

is, a

understanding
through

than

speech.
But
for

civilized

among
of

purposes

except

as

grown

up

ideas
once

has
may

simple

communication,
aid

occasional

an

that
As

peoples

the

for

need

thoughts

served
of

to
a

has

been

which

the

few

convey

primitive
11

we

more

and
the

signs

In
call
and

simple

gestures

or

abandoned,

almost

speech.

expressing

arisen, gradually
have

use

to

sounds

of

system

of

the

its

place

have

guage.
lan-

spoken

complex

more

sounds

comparatively

people

has

been

which
few

and

varied

12

BRIEF

and

hNOLTSH

multiplied until

language
Such
fixed
the

somewhat

when

system,

represented

characters, becomes

sounds

which

written

language: it
and
2.

from

grown

their
("ated

study.

already

knows

family

will be

understood
he

however,
the

is to deal

language, to

relations
the

language

3.

The

as

In

to

one

these

another,
forms

and

It is sometimes

that
with

said

The

of

grammar
as

student

in

practical

understand

the

the

forms

their structure
and

and
the

to

The

language

speech
which

grammar,

the

forms

meanings,

of

their

development

some

that

to

one

is

grammar

like

to

the

of

any

which

their

convey

explanation

writing; but
are

of

grammar

of the forms

use

of their relations

speaking and

science, such

without

studying English

Grammar."

for correct
rules

understood

with
systematically

more

vey
con-

extremely compli-

an

employ

to

to

of

whole.

of

speak

versal
uni-

more

simple people

system

to

is,then, a systematic statement

people who

forms, although

this

and

fellow-men

Study

into

spoken

English-speaking

about

them.

consider

their

to

the

in childhood

by

from

written

and

thoroughly

friends

and

heard.

be

to

livinglanguage,

efforts of

Fortunately,

learned

having
his

of

be

something

reach,

modern,

another, is

one

to

"

spoken

simple

to

not

system,

its

the

thoughts

serious

way,

Language.

English,with

as

it has

of

could

ceased

has

over

form.

permanent

Study

voice

translated

spoken language

more

The

such

is

transmitted

essentiallydifferent

is not

language

In this form

man's

any

certain

by

eye

be

may

his voice

after

preserved long

Written

than

the

to

language.

thought

convey

great distances, farther

and

complex system of sppken

developed.

has

GRAMMAR

the

guage
lanthe

thoughts

history of

another.
a

collection

this is not
laws

of

chemistry, physics, astronomy,

of rules

true.
strictly

any
or

physical

physical

INTRODUCTION

These

geography.

winds

tellingthe
do,

And

so

time

They

do

thus

this

fact, we

too, in order

others,

grammar

the usages

of the

we

The

present

the

And

Chaucer,

only

five hundred

our

even

them

so

nation

to

the

reference
call

doubtless

understand

the

present
some

way

to

the

they

constant

we

know

do

Alfred

without

and

do

is

stand
under-

not

forms

When

of
call

we

continually changing
of

people

the

for

comparing

time, and

or

Shakespeare

often

changes

through

and

glossary;

certain

growth

earlier

of Homer.

after

we

not

can

translating

Greek

the

that

very

we

without

read

and

case

it that

write

years

usage,

noting

help

us

it with
how

the

other.

when

reference

onl^the

we

of any

convey

guage
lan-

Alfred

be

these

only by taking

Without
can

But

forms

past history. Our

''grammatical"

was

of

grammatical

fully

in every

language

change

what

to

words

that

rance
igno-

for ourselves

ungrammatical."

usage

gave

ideas

the

us.

better

corresponding
gradually

forget

by

be

dictionary,

a
"

that

for

so

to
now

with

their

as

not

some

speak

to

report and explain

to

not

hundred

used

studied
or

five

Shakespeare

we

to

English,

wrote

choose

to choose

can

by King

can

using it, so

The

used

reasons."

eccentricityor

than

began

men

ago,

be

must

not.

language

modern

growing

not

may

happens.

following

of

or

years

we

and

them

since

so

who

which

basti

preciselyunderstood

further

no

reference

some

own

without-

certain

undoubtedly

appearance

our

words

into

speech

of

usages

them

while

the

follow

changed

understand

the

language, leaving us

without

has

must

directly,"You

us

easilyand

goes

shall

understood

to

for

so,

shall

be

to

; but

whether

and

rules

they

explain what

and

say

and

avoid

to

or

not

acid

of

so," but only,"English people at the present

speak

Knowing

certain

collection

instance, what

tides, for

does

and

not

are

only report

grammar

thus

speak

one

and

prescribinghow

or

shall unite.

so

sciences

13

to

puter

language

into
used

account

can

the ideas behind

shape of

gently
intelli-

their meaning,

speech

in

be

or

the

writing,
words,

not it^
language,

14

inner

4.

Summary.

written

"

thought

has grown

from

is

is

and

speech
forms

from

have

become
and

historyand

always by

reference

to

mar
Gram-

the

forms

language people

they exist to-day,sometimes

as

their relations

complicated.

another.

one

It

by

of

municate
com-

explains these

reference

ideas

the

It

complex

thoughtsand

in any

of

means

to

explanationof

which

thoughts to

sounds

more

of

another.

to

person

men's

then

sounds, and

sounds, by

one

We

whole;

of

system

writing as

writing by

their

as

simplesignsand

few

classification

the

sentence

Language
conveyed

another

one

the

which

of

another.

to

of

complete

means

person

elements.

system of speech and

to

one

representing these

is

by

sentences,

fragments

those

words,

its various

characters

which

of

conveyed by

shall examine

shall,therefore, begin

words, isolated

called

understand

to

We

nature.

combinations

are

try first

shall

GRAMMAR

separate

language

ideas

complete

we

with

of

structures

with

not

but

speech,

ENGLISH

real

and

structure

study,

our

BRIEF

to

they

their
to

serve

convey.
definit:ons

Language

is

system of sounds, and

representingthese sounds, by
or
feelingis conveyed from one
Grammar

is the

of

speech and

of which

means

to

person

thought

another.

explanationof

and

classification

characters

of written

the

forms

writing.
QUESTIONS

When
need

did
to

lise language?

first convey
use

When

in

ideas

do

which

we

Crusoe

Robinson

to

By

what

means

other?

each

sound-language

rather

in

modern

use

signs

gestures help

to

make

his

on

desert

island

did

and

Why
than
life?

do
a

he

first

Friday

civilized

ple
peo-

sign-language?
Give

clearer the

instances

meaning

of

INTRODUCTION

spoken

How

words.
What

them

Indian

of

English

which

town,

that

forms

of

not

sometimes

the

understand

when

Why

must

meaning

of

refer

to

of

the
the

previous

study

forms

or

of

changes

of

the

heard

grammar

language?
in

it?

speech

learn

about

of
in

your

Mention

family

first

you

in

the

forms

elsewhere.

your

Why

say,

you

family,

own

people

outside

with?

use

can

any

your
to

used

speech

granmaar?

account

unfamiliar

are

could

you

in

heard

have

you

makes

understand

and

Mention

language?

that

use

Indian

more

guage?
lan-

own

spoken,

the

what

village,

or

our

talk

we

understand

to

use

we

sentence

does

learned

family

your

the

it

have

you

people
a

Why

language?

After

the

to

to

words

the

understand

not

you

learn

we

behind

it

anything

mean

could

is

is

do

15

these

town

or

speech
own

any

that
What

them.
take

Why
forms?

into

must

18

without
often

words

any

succeeds

although

not

the

GRAMMAR

And

detailed, idea

exclamations

one

fashion, the
that the

of what

idea

is

added

sentence

in

the

The
to

of

state

fire

once.

tells

believe
do

things

In

ilar
sim-

at

once

absurd.

as

"The

it," or

this

the proposition

already told the

the most
general

in

which

that

reallyneed

not

has

though

to

or

us

his attitude is toward

us,

For

convey

just made

we

the

longer

sentence

Some

in greater detail.

communicates

is
at

exclamation

indicated

same

there

don't

I" but

what

us

question.

story. It has
way,

tell

to

"Help!"

statement

simply preposterous

complete,

happened.

"Nonsense!"

instant, "I

an

and

assistance

exclamation

in

add

hearer

has

that

needs

speaker regards some

may

the

to

"Fire!"

hand

at

near

single-word exclamation

communicating

passer-by the wjiole idea

some

He

all.*

at

in

instance, the

ENGLISH

BRIEF

ejaculationsare, then, adequate

to

single-wordcries and
complete, though
convey

simple ideas.
relatively

talk

can

of the

thoughts

or

by

of

means

feelingsare

detailed

and

too

surprise,pain, or
happened to cause
say

may
a

dark

run

when
these

not, however,

can

or

on

small

upon

seeing lightning strike

cases,

introduction,

to tell anyone

he

must

p. 11.

make

child

further

loud

somewhere
what
a

has

one

cries

tell what

out

him

at

escape

has
One
from

being

clap of thunder,
very

such

But

near.

happened

sentence,

mitted
trans-

become

statement.

narrowly

hearing a

have

our

sharp feelingof
not

can

of,
be

can

When

boy jumps

seeing a

in the street, or

he wishes

hearer

the

without
feeling
a

Some

of them

for that.

than

more

any

they

usually indicates

when

comer,

over

and

"Oh!"

that

but most

complicated

joy; but
this

simple

ways;

I" this exclamation

"Oh

^We

"

gestures alone.

so

in either of these
too

Sentence.

thoughts entirely
by exclamations,

our

convey
we

Divisions

The

7.

in any
as,

"Rob

of

HOW

jumped

at

out

me

struck

have
The

jumped

speaking

person
startled

The

so.

horse's
tree

does

Mr.

by

tlus person

in

these

some

thing.

or

ran

under
directly

tree

on

has

done.

section

what

that

and

stands

the

the

Thus

in the

each

expressed
works,"

"Flowers

subject and
the

sentences

t6U9^9

in

mw[iy

in

single word,

fade/' "Dogs

the
as

bark";

done

stand
lightning,

struck

two

some

thing

or

parts

sections.

which

the

or

The

that

the

but

tree

more

are

child,

directly

ran

some

sentence

in

of

predicate

vie,

struck

for

stands

quoted,you,

subjects. Startled

principal elements

some

thing acting is called

section

horse* s

two

main

or

sentences

the

thought

what

^These

"

is called

does

feel

manner,

this person

two

and must
have
feet,
HoUiday's place are predicates.
These

like

have

miist

what

the

sentence;

is

thing acting, while

Predicate.

person

lightningare

the

in

the

or

and
feet,

for the

thing

or

struck

ha3 happened,

person

into

of the

sentence.

under

have

child,and

sentence

the

divide

the

That

he

him

made

thing acting and

or

the horse's

this person

and

what

that

the

directlyunder

ran

HoUiday's place,show

SUBJECT

THE

for

Subject

elements

has

lightningmust
about

"Rob
that

to show

what

child

which

sentence,

door," shows

wish

to tell also

person

sentences

8. The

the

expresses

of terror

Holliday'splace," represent,

includes

Mr.

sentendies

The

merely

"That

speaker'sthought

that

of these

behind

"The

feet," and

child

"That

or

"The

conveys.

not

sentences,

on

the

the

I"

but
surprised,

or

door,"

feelingof surpriseor

from

me

19

lightningmust
Holliday'splace."

one

any

"Oh

at

out

GROWS

the

Mr.

on

the

exclamation

the

behind

which

simple as

so

from

tree

some

thought

is not

SESTEXCE

the horse's feet," or

directlyunder

ran

THE

on

Mr.

sometimes

sentences,

"John

frequently

the

predicate each consists of several words, as in

previously quoted. In long and complicated sen-

the

subordinate

dements

appear^

but

with

or

without

20

BRIEF

subordinate

these

elements,

predicate appears
The
the

be

to

seems

that

the

''The

British

the

great

loss,*' the

between
to

include

the

which)

sentence

of

as

whole

this

all the

sentences

first and

stands

order, but
the
"Freer
faces!''

the

Here

the

as

the

which
which

changed
in the

part of the

9. Various
"

So

far

are

have

that

they declare
"For

sentences

the

"Free

The

tells

us

then, but

is the

usual

predicate precedes

the

old

and

meaning

familiar

All

7, and

tJie old

are

gone.

and

use

the

constitutes

sentence

subject

flythe birds,"

gone,

the birds,

of the

Sentence

considered

only

representing the speaker's thought

say

of

Not
mine
deter-

subject and

predicate.

Types

we

(or

whom

This

that

so

sentences,

subjects are

sentence,

part the

The

far, the

so

familiarfaces,the predicates,fly,roam,
positionin

terms

thus:

whole

the

the distinction

state

something.

second.

I," ''All, all

roam

by

general

us

examined

predicate

is sometimes

still

with

suffered

more

sentence

have

we

subject,as

the

sentence,

thing.

or

person

is

or

person

the

sentences,

tells

predicate

the

(or thing) of

person

cases

Continentals

then,

of

some

the

in

the

predicate in

in

by

Thus

must,

action, will

the

but

than

repulsing

We

represents what

PREDICATE

In

the

for

sentences;

repulsed by

and

points out

sentence

stands

possible varieties

all

represents

SUBJECT

about

subject

the

rather

subject.^

as

army

sentence.

subject.

action

subject and

into

represented by

upon

was

army

of

action

performed

division

subject of

predicate

thing represented by

British

complete

every

the

GRAMMAR

primary

great majority

find

shall

the

that the

while

for the

serve
we

in

statement

actor,

ENGLISH

something,is

something,

are

of tUis type, see

true.

called
Appendix

Declarative
those

about
Such

declarative

III,

Sentences.

which,

sentences
an

event

sentences,

or

rence,
occur-

because

sentences.

HOW

10.

also

SENTENCE

THE

Sentences.

Interrogative

21

Another

"

kind

represents the speaker'sthought about

clear

distmct

or

the

speaker

but

only

things,but

of

state

or

is not
ask

to

yet able

"Did

Such

true.

team

our

For

this

is true,

"Who

advocate

win?"

"Will

SO

spend

conciliation

with

for John?"

vote

you

an

COmeS

Emerson

did

Burke

reason

is called

sentence

rence
occur-

yet perfectly

something

SENTENCE.

did

"Why

that

say

sentence

is not

parts.

night?" ''Where

fast in the silence of the

America?"

to

QUESTION

or

boyhood?"

all its

of

certain

which

thought

in

if it is

INTERROGATIVE

his

GROWS

sentences.
interrogative

are

11.

Sentences.

Imperative

from

differs

SENTENCE

in

sentence

actually exists,but

wishes

brought about.

desired

is

sentence

it is

always

Thus

cry,

"Stand

building is

seen

move

quickly.

away

heard
the

after

word

your

action
12.

person

subject

as

Fall back,

The

In

the words.

Sentences.

throws

"

his

to

telegraphy
of Venice.

seems!"

of

below

to

bystanders
trivial

more

table," or "Give

again,"

sentences

beams

China

part of

certain

addressed.

Such

this bank!"^

the

cases

it

person

in

space," when

of

do

never

the

addressed.

person

Clear

will

you

minister

Merchant

"

or

this

whom

some

any

the

little candle

wireless

when

"

to

the person

calls upon

speaker

always given

on

that

new

to be

the

things

bring about

not

"Stop drumming

Exclamatory

our

is

under!"

from

by

moonlight sleeps upon

^Froto

the

is still requiredof the

far. that

career

always

accident, demands

street

such

is to

understood

"

which

one

rogative
inter-

of

state

who

give way,

indicated

action

commands,
me

to

to

to

the

and

agent

The

spoken.

words, but
the

is

not

mand
com-

or

declarative

the

rather

The

things

of

state

imperative

it refers

that

which

The

"

!"^ "How

"What
has
are

as

an

"How

sweet

the

extraordinary

had!"

"How

called

exclamatory

derful
won-

Like

sentences.

the

sentence

same

its beams

throws

The

the

sentence.

"How

"How

hard

chosen!"
But

be
be

hard

the

little candle

telegraphy

seems

such

When

distinguish
intended

13.

question

either

the

indicated

be

or

is called

"

this person

by

from

or

their

meaning

of

means

as

easily

the

written,

eye

far

so

inflection

declarative

form

of words

Every

or

final

the

one

subject

another

to

person
of

consists

sentence

complete

two

parts,
for

stands

for the

person

or

of

thing spoken
is told

by

us

the
Or

acts, the predicate for the action.

that

the

about

thing.

which

assert

called

that somethingls

sentences

sentences;

sentences;
V.

from

another

sentences

which

action

true

are

called

ask, if something is

which

sentences;
interrogative

certain

Appendix

from

which

by

whole; the predicate for what

Sentences

See

used
and

tone

predicate. The

subject stands
as

^The

sentence.

thing

or

words

when

the

to

feelingis conveyed

subject and

are

but

is man!"

creature

are

chosen?"

punctuation.*

thought

sentence

the
of

words

exclamation,

an

from

sentences,

two

Stunxnary.

person

or

differences

spoken,

must

of

mark

as

are

wonderful

"How

the

sentence

words

his

by
in

same

w^ell his

is "How
well

order

the

not

tence
sen-

indicated

their

in

or

manifestly

nor

"How

with

either

is

interrogative

usually

is

used

it rain?"

does

the

sentence

it rains!"

determined

order.

*'That

between

words

the

in

sentence

might

true

ject
sub-

almost

mean

"Wireless

or

meaning

exclamatory

identical

may

in

differences

certain

the

far,"

verj'

difference
and

like

sentence

the

with

sentence,
to

clamatory
ex-

wonderful."

very

aj9

real

sometimes

seems

declarative

the

feelingon

spontaneous

some

It is,however,

and
predicate,

as

ORAM\fAR

single-word exclamation,

suggests

speaker's part.
and

EXGIJSH

BRIEF

22

sentences

person
express

are

the

which

mand
de-

called

perative
im-

speaker's

HOW

feelingwith

spontaneous
of

state

called

things are

GROWS

SENTENCE

THE

reference

to

exclamatory

23

given

event

or

sentences.

DEFINITIONS

is
The

of words

is the form

sentence

from

conveyed

subject

pel'son

one

complete thought

another.

to

the

which

about

that

names

which

by

sentence

tells

us

which

tells

us

something.
The

predicate

something
Declarative

part of the

is the

Imperative

something is true.
whether
something is true.
that

assert

sentences

ask

sentences

Interrogative

subject.

the

about

demand

sentences

sentence

action

some

another

from

person.

Exclamatory

sentences

ispontaneous feeUng

express

the

on

part of the speaker.

QUESTIONS
What

do

Why
Have
be

you

not

use

signsaltogetherto

carry

have

too

thoughts that

any

expressed by signs?

thought

be

to

piece

of

more

or
definitely

good

to

probably say?

sentence

divided?

its

position or

are

question
called?

declarative

and

sentence

What
the

at

its

wish

Into

how

called

beginning of
make

in

sentences?
interrogative
the

feeling
it, what

parts is the

sentence?

Does

subject?

are

in

some

Must

the

What

declaring

meaning
How

you

grammar?

it the

is the difference

of

main

What

called?

this

cause

many

do
hear

express

the

one

is each

different from

word
you

to

Can

them?

What

to

stead?
in-

use

thoughts?

our

of

some

we

complicated

feelingwhen

some

meaning

sentences

What

word?

tell

will you

subject stand

one

If you

news?

the

are

your

express

grown

What

in

expressed

generally use

could

What

for?

sentences

use

we

between

is the

assertion, and

tences
sen-

the

mand
com-

ques-

24

tion

BRIEF

What

sentence?

stand

sentence

of
What

How

command

is the

GRAMMAR

of

state

for?

does

know

one

is, if it is

for command

name

the

does

things

sentence

other

exclamatory

an

ENGLISH

command

what

the

ject
sub-

expressed?

not

What

sentences?

is

sentence?

EXERCISES

A,
in

Rule

column

one

1. I have

The

3. Fred

all

these

predicatesof
2.

into

page

rascals

5.

Alas

6.

My

clear
have

team

has

8. The

snow

has

given

rose-bush

my

11.

The

dog

has

12.

The

roof

is

13.

Into

the

14.

Low

lies his head.

15.

The

cows

are

16.

Mr.

Gray

has

17.

Flashed

18.

How

19.

I don't

20.

How

far the

21.

How

many

22.

How

Tennyson:

me

broken

new

camera.

the train.

has

purse
budded

loose!

fallingin.

valleyof

death

in the

well you

rode

the

six hundred.*

corn

lost all his money.

all their sabers

'

bare.^

ride !

ride half

The

championship.

blocked

Oh,

watch

my

the

won

10.

many

all

died.

forgotten her

has

other

the ditch!

over

stolen

has

has

7. Our

Nan

fallen overboard

Ophelia

father

the

way.

jumped

The

subjects, in

write

and

sentences:

has

4.

9.

the

lost my

mast

parallel columns

two

well

so

apple

buds

crocuses

have
Charge

we

as

do.

you

have
have

come

this

we?
of the

Light

Brigade,

out

year!

the

26

6.

Why

7.

Call

8.

What

9.

Go

BRIEF

dost

whet

thou

the

GRAMMAR

knife

thy

earnestly?

so

messenger.

wit-snapper

10.

Bid

11.

Commend

12.

Take

thou

13.

Take

this

14.

Shall

they

15.

Is

16.

Came

17.

How

18.

Take

19.

Where

20.

My

them

are

you

fellows.

thy

to

ENGLISH

the

cover

to

me

thy

honorable

your

of

pound
letter

same

in

wife.

flesh.

speed

to

Padua.

us?

see

Antonio

table.

here?
from

you

much

unlike

leave
is

of

Bellario?

old

thy

thou
old

to

art

Portia!

master.

lady?

my

mistress

will

before

the

break

of

Belmont.
21.

Who

22.

That

with

comes

light

we

her?

see

is

burning

in

my

hall.

day

be

here

at

PART

II"

MEMBERS

THE
AND

THE

PARTS

OF

THE

OF

SPEECH

CHAPTER

HOW

The

14.
the

Divisions

when

have

than

tree

or

so

divide

and

book

"A

shall

going
is

kind

of

red."

bound

in

have

In

could

from

the

word

been

subject, then,

like

hardly

do

that

probably

ask

would

haps
per-

"My

first

bound

in

is

subject

your

Ivanhoe,

of

understands
book

new

place,

copy

the

sentence

from

gone
has

grown

clearly, as

alone,

into

neighbor,

your

yesterday,

and

predicate

yesterday,

new

the

subject.

the

you

the

of

finally

fashion:

in

you

hearer

so

And

any

twigs

the

and

would

you

"My

the

definite,

more

been,

second

he

this

this

all

I showed

the

Hmbs
into

to

say

it?"

was

I showed

said

red, which

desk."

my

should

after

one

had

you

would

sentence

book

the

Ivanhoe,
If

of

then

first in

desk,"

my

somewhat

answer

copy

from

branches,

main

subject

division

desk, you

your

the

stop growing

clauses, phrases, and

this

trace

not

main

branches,
The

into

gone

"What

you,

to

smaller

it does

As

of

previous study

its two

does.

sentence.

subdivide

We

words.

If, on

the

does

leaves,

into

plant

Our

"

that

suggested

into

keep dividing

tree

GROWS

Subject.

divided

it has

once

II

SUBJECT

of the

must

sentence

Hiore

THE

SENTENCE

just

what

he
has

lost.

The

parts, and

subject

these

tells

represented

parts have

simply
by

the

the

the

sentence

different

class

to

as

offices.

which

subject belongs.
27

the

Another

has

whole,
One
person

two

part of the
or

part

thing
of

the

BRIEF

26

tells

subject
For

in the

pencilinforms
the

particularlywhat

more

instance

the

there

pencils.

But

and

speaker wishes

if the
he

kinds

different
the

of

pencils that
of

those
rubber

The

and

Nona

in

or

if

the

one

lost
the

simply
of

division

called

which

it

thought I
of the

particular

decision

this

last

and

usuallyindicates
of which
16.

merely
are

and

indicate

called

common

know

the

class

by
class

nouns,

to*

scribes,
de-

subject,is
instance,
I

had

the
know

not

the

of

class

which
and

new

last decision

"This

question forever,'*
of

nature

decision

the

it is, or
for

except

Court

The

the

noun,

ject,
subwhich
words

then,

particularmember

adjective.

Nouns.

Proper

which

pencil names

words

things,one

the

the

branch

the

sentence,

whose

of

thought

does,
the

them.

For

that

many,

of

pencils from

part

division.

general

Supreme

pencil from

noun

defines

settles the

the

among

that

one

the

Court

not

is indicated

Common

In

lost.

the

of

but

without

indicates

should

the

by mentioning

way,

meant

Supreme

we

but

or

world,

part

time,*' the word

belongs,

had

decision

the word

while

pencil

general

his

That

"

called

further

all the

the

pencilswithout

is

way

new

particularpencil is
that

Adjective.

branch

desk
a

the

not

are

old, pencils with

pencils from
from

guishes
distin-

distinguishthe

to

people, black

end

things

particularpencil,

one

another,

one

other

to

other

"The

subject in
to

serve

names,

adjective

in my

things

will

subject;

the

any

says,

was

the

on

subject which
or

which

colors, new

erasers

15.

of

pencils from

belong

other

think

of

that

pencils in

is.

word

This

world

to

us

class

name.

the

great many

words

other

uses

is its

objects in
a

are

what

to

Pencil

all other

it from

lost" the

pencil is

addressed

person

thing it

or

person

"Mv

sentence,

object belongs.

lost

GRAMMAR

ENGLISH

which
since

"

Those
the

like

nouns

which

subject belongs,
pen,

leaf, town.

now

GROWS

SUBJECT

THE

they apply indiscriminatelyto

class of

of the class

singleelement
rather

noun,

and

than

and

simply

person

you

would

as

"

particularman,

one

is "The

he

hearer, "The
the

"Kipling"

word

"author,"

or

the

"

also

who

one

Such

but

for

called

of

class, it should,
or

Fleece," and

Argonauts

"The

Great

representing each

nouns

proper

things)

or

common

as

the

is the

noun

of persons
proper
a
name

all other

from

of

be, instead

number

of words,

example, instead

particular
of

"the

certain

single
in

Golden

the

violent

to

Great

is then

Lakes"

by

defined

of

all

as

of

group

things;

or

persons

dividual
in-

the

particular group

shared

may

some

Seas.

sons
per-

while

members

of

things.

or

noun

larger

name

find

thing (or

or

person

class

aid from

subject

noun

proper

distinguishingthe

even

Seven

of

either

to

and

Argonauts"

things.

or

persons

or

that

individuals, as

are

are

of

particular member

be

Lakes

"the

you

"man,"

class

The

or

out

storms," in which

class

the

for

member

of

set

to

case,

may

particular group

"The

sentences,

noted,

but

"

Seas"; but in either

This

nouns.

be

author

Perhaps

particularmember

proper

you

your

Books

Jungle

to

to

only

not

gone

itself

by

words, representing in themselves, without

are

noun

taken

individual

an

the

class
a

Seven

stands

wrote

both

noun

has

Jungle Books";

the

The

both

of

simply, nor

man

noun

wrote

adjective element,

any

not

or

still called

"Kipling

particularauthor.

of

singleword,

though

say

entire

an

the individual

''Kipling" means

common

who

author

of

the duties

you

address,

one

man

by

element

When

Africa,''the word
the

to

indicated

adjective,has

an

adjectiveto perform.
South

to

both

are

language, that

of

member

every

however, the class and

things. When,

member

29

"Kipling

of

single word,

which

member

has

always

used

certain

class.

South

are

of

goue

two

or

three

together
If, for

Africa,"

one

30

should

"The

of

America

still

is, then,

of

suggesting
Venice
of

of the

the

noun

however,

common

without

of money;

capital,

for

one,

as

Bokhara,"

if it

been

the

dicating
in-

ton,"
Wil-

like Venice, of
In such

were

is

cases
noun.

proper

for

used

"the

as

Tenn3r8on

long

so

disregarded,

capital; thus, guinea, louis, napoleon,

fabrics, and

as

mon.
com-

"a

phrases

Tennyson.

original meaning

its

of household

convey

jects
sub-

Reynolds,"

of cities

as

has

noun

as

it

is

pieces

as

davenport

as

furniture.

Collective, Concrete,

which

ticular
par-

of these

Senate," "the

class
like

china, calico, cashmere,

article

17.

poets

proper

that

noun

written

as

with

carpets; "aStradivarius,"

or

of the

Cicero

of

Cicero, and

is written

When,

"the

"a

Similarly such

violins.

literature," imply

like

orators

an

North,"

American

Each

Botticelli,""a

"a

o* rugs

classes
of

class

of

name

occasionally used

pictures; "a Shirvan,"

certain

meaning

for the

book.

or

are

proper,

Millet,"

"a

say,

classes

of language, since in

unit"

"a

say,

sense

words, is

consisting of several

together stand

originally

we

**The

noun.

proper

names,

Thus

we

words

United

throne," "The

the

institution, nation,

person,

Some

as

or,

these

usage

common

be

not

sentences,

world-power,"
appreciated by people with no

subject, though

single element,

abdicated

in the

So

noun.

proper

ject
Africa," the sub-

South

to

gone

rapidly becoming

can

each

humor,"

has

is

of Wakefield

Vicar
of

of China

Empress

States

still be

GRAMMAR

has

Kipling

would

whole

ENGLISH

"Rudyard

say

as

BRIEF

idea

instance,

of

the

and
group

words

Abstract

Nonns.

of

or

people

army,

Nouns

"

things acting

nation, family,
fleet,

party, class, audience, committee, jury, squadron, United

States,

called

are

collective

As

nouns.

the

though

usually

represent material

things,

indicate, collective

nouns,

examples

common,

may

be proper.

Many
touched
be

called

nouns

and

handled,

concrete

as

nouns.

which

liouse,key, necklace.
Other

nouns,

can

These

however,

be
may

sent
repre-

tangible
actions, conditions, or ideas which are inqualities,
such as whit^n$99f
chanc^iQour*
hnffth,
intelligenQ^i

SUBJECT

THE

HOW

GROWS

31

opportunity.
iesy, splendor^departure,personalitydefinition,
These
qualitiesor ideas are said to be separated by the
,

mind

from

whiteness
the

the

from

the

abstract,from

and

that
like

it

speaker nor

the

"They

"He

the

person

excessivelysorry

were

in that

several

of

cases

indicated
The

the

and

word

it does

so

further

which

serve

class

thus

told

to

In

the
must

make

not

nouns,

proper
unit

or

of language,

They

means

pointed out,

or

not

sentences,

we

In each

speaker is one.
proper

noun,

individual.

an

proper

noun

or

for

particularizingadjectives.

its

of

particular

indicated,

has, like the

but

does

man-servant,

"We

tressing,
dis-

reallytoo

previously

or

to.

Philips

single person,

occurrence

individual.

the

for

whenever

illiutrations

sister

my

ject,
represents in itself the entire sub-

either
with

noun

whom

single word

only

serve

common

people,of
a

not

may

For

class

the

group

these

In

singleword

people, previously named

similar

addresses.

speaker

to resemble

or

of

go,"

to

in

they represent each

both

things

particularmember

keeps

spoken

trive
con-

suggests

than

earlier named

been

arate.*
sep-

must

one
equalcertaintysignifies

has

or

away

In the sentence, "It is

In

called

are

both

you

rather

the

desperate,"the subjectsseem

him

"

word

the

points unmistakably

he with

who

individual

one

a singleobject or
signifies

the word

he?"

pointed out.

or

says, "You

whom

speaking.

one

named

^\Vhen

declaration, "I

the

day,"

other

the

of

member

in

manner,

the

so

"

draw

to

one
exactly specifies

class,that

wall, splendorfrom

meaning

class of persons

general class,the
animals,

word

somebody,"

the

they belong (as

representingthem

nouns

Fronouiu.

send

to

the

Latin

Personal

18.

house, lengthfrom

that

sunset),so

which

objects to

concrete

in

abstract

intimate
nouns,

see

conversation
$23, fine

print.

And
the

BRIEF

32

wishes

speaker

subject, or

whenever
times

in

Thus

Mrs.

Bennet

ley, "Will

to

persuade

defer

the

to

he

can

last"^

In

the

article she

Bingley,and

Mr.

in

the

of

place

speaking

that

note

the

equivalent to

as

is

the

this

think

it

the hearer's

of.
I

words

and

Mrs.

nouns

proper

And

not

question in

raisingany

gible
intelli-

bought

remark, "I do

leave

me

quite as

here, I have

the

knew

"I

give

are

Miss

defer

to

you

Bing-

cumbersome.

infinitelyless
with

Miss

again?"

again ?"^

till I write

on

first cases,

leave

**Will

and

said, "Look

go

what

to

as

writes

tences.
sen-

speaking of
would
persuade

addresses

Darcy

Darcy

pretty,"^ without

mind

used

when

at

you

further, if Lydia has

is very

Darcy,

peated
re-

in

say,

Bennet

hearer, and

bonnet," she

not

be

series of

or

Mrs.

till Mr.

raptures

your

need

noun

proper

otherwise

sentence

same

Bingley give Mr.

Bingley'sraptures
should

the

the

would

knew

Bennet

Miss

formalityof

subject

the

Mr.

GRAMMAR

the

several

last,'*
nor

at

avoid

to

herself, "Mrs.
you

ENGLISH

were

you

Miss

Bennet,

Darcy, but in the last instance it serves

common-noun-and-adjective
subject this

bonnet
These

familiar

take

they

the

with

noun

received
of

of
and

noun

strict
*

sense

Jane

of

proper

which

known

or

of

common

particularizeit,

which

further

are

noun

they,since

for

means
as

personal

instead

or

pronouns,

they referring directlyto

sometimes

have

some

persons.

is

perhaps

the

seen,

branch

he, she, it,we, and

pronoun,

name

name

have

you,

adjectives

it and
or

The

the

They

all but

7,

place either

the

noun.

person

words

the
its

subject alone,

of the
Austen:

takes

pronoun

adjective
word,

Pride

and

quite

not

but

branch.
are

those
Prejudice.

the
of
The
which

exact

an

place
the

for,

one,
not

entire

of

the

subject,

for

we
noun

with

only ''pro-nouns,"
stand

as

single-word

in

its
the
sub-

34

BRIEF

^'

heiv?"

oomes

ENGLISH

Which

is he

i.sthe

sport, monsieur, that

these

sentences^

used

in

"

What

by. such
Thus

asked."

The

"She

may

be either

the

proverb,
red

word

"Red

is the

farms

successive
worth

lad and

is.
of

From

It should

this

other

""33
*

But

whether

You
be

noted

elements
them

in

that, while

reference

subject

of

the
to

the

only

of

us

as

parts

Self-Reliance.

the

words.

In

single

subject,while

Hampshire or
who
teams
professions,
township,

like

and

cat, falls

in
mont,
Ver-

it,

paper,
news-

forth, in

so

his

on

it

subject

New

word

or

the

always

See

"27.

feet, is

have

discussed

to

their

most

This
of

they
office

speech,

of
but

words

more,

the

same

oflSce,that of

and

nouns

other
noun

and

further

adjective

pronouns,

conspicuous

occupy

between

of

relative

For

we

sentence,

sentence.

34, 42, 46, 47. 51.

Emerson:

has

"

of the

weather," the

entire group

one

It.

Like

with

the

introduce

sturdy,the

subject

her

city dolls," the adjectivebranch

and

the

As

chapter

naming

always,

of these

hundred

is,besides

branch

and

rect
indi-

during

school, preaches, edits

Congress, buys

years,

from

tries all the

a

and

previous study

of related

fair

mean

sturdy lad

it, peddles,keeps
to

in such

called

our

group

adjectivebranch

in turn

goes

or

questions,

inquired," "They

adjectivebranch

sunsets

"A
sentence,*^
who

In

"

singleword

tive
Interroga-

meant."*

we

the

sport?"'*

indirect

had

Adjective.

that

evident

in

"She

as

what

ad-

original speaker

inquired who

Office of the

become

has

also

interrogative
pronouns

absence," "They asked

22.

"What

speaker.

the

statements

have

we

questions as

the

from

modifying

its

questions,that is,questions

of

however, used

are,

is, questions quoted

introduced

the

words

of

pronoun,

man?"

direct

are

"What

In each

lost?"

and

noun

?" "Which

using preciselythe
pronouns

have

interrogative

an

common

quoted

sentences

that

the ladies

person

deer?''

that killed the

subject is

of the

place

as
jective,^

The

the

GRAMMAR

in

pronouns

office, that

positions
pronoun
uses

"68.

see

are

and

of

name

serves

to

treated

in

THE

HOW

making
of

subjectas

the

class, but

class of

large

the

to

the

about

more

branch

For

derived

this

order

the

reason

of the
23.

from

Kinds

from

the

of

pines, lies

in front
this

is

that

say,

"A

know

had

of

called

Adjectives which
such

as

adjecth'es

of

of

penny
kind

said

me

of

the

named

thing

simply

noun

with

ing
mean-

In

"A

Tlie

the

from

''A

names.

others

many

surrounded

criminati
dis-

which

are

immediately by

by primitiveforests.
morning,"
it

boy's

but

he

begged

us

appearance

When
little

hearer

could
a

not

of

penny

or
qualities

some

and

manner,

and

adjectives.

the

material

granite, silh, golden,

material,

your

as

was,

newsboy

little tell

qualifying

wooden,

this

of

growth

write, thus

may

of

sort

adjectives ragged, dirtyfaced,

and

indicate

the

by

second

one

newsboy

only,

morning."

characteristics

made,

modify

itself.

bright-eyed,impudent,
ragged,dirty-faced,

if you

are

or

bluffs,or

bright-eyed,
impudent,
hence

notion

by

is, tells what

camp,"

our

sand

that

rimmed

oblong,

exactly what
this

me

of

or

by

or

newsboy begged
knows

to

noun

class, the adjective branch

the

particularlake

round,

mountains,
you

taken

or

the

subject,

it

thing

or

or

the

general

noun

is said

person

large spider-shapedlake,

small

common

something

us

from

the

way

in

"

all others

describes

person

learn

individual

Adjectives: Qualifying Adjectives.

of

distinguishthe

to

often

could

adjective

names

noun.

The

subject

the

tells

always

some

of

group

only

identifyingthe

we

alone; it changes in

have

we

subject than

the

merely

ing
subject belongs, leav-

the

adjectivethus

or

noun

common

of

task

idea, not

individual,

which

things to

The

class.

The

class.

35

the

convey

certain

adjectivethe

the

whole

also of

individuals, in that

GROWS

SUBJECT

fall

of
are

which

sometimes

properly under

quaJifyingor descriptiveadjertives,

an

th^

object

is

called

ll^ad Pf

36

words

Many
used

BRIEF

which

friend,

Ohio

an

adjectives.
desk

man,

household

transaction

into

over

pass

Thus

nouns

as

we

telephone,

when

combinations,

such

used

railroad

compound

employed

train,

ness
busi-

counter.

tend

frequently

to

desk-telephone, fire-insurance,

as

nouns,

be

college

say,

may

also

may

goods, fire insurance, bargain

But

GRAMMAR

commonly

are

qualifying

as

ENGLISH

bargain-counter.
make

it is evident,
Qualifying adjectives,
of any

meaning

window

my

When

told

the

make

it

For

has

eaves

of

noise

in

"The

the

had

of

be

might
clearly the

written

the

for

stand

actually

such

nouns,

particularized by
thing

"The

"17.

of

subjects
noise,

and

of

of

words
the

made

produced

These

bring

jects
sub-

out

more

"The

rain

"The

noise,"

dent
it is evi-

sentences

qualifying adjectives

as

of

an

verbs

the

sentence.

has

thus:

and

the.

description," the

noun,

serve

the

beauty.

autumn

implied
Hence

set
sun-

in

they

the
are

adjectives.

SUBJECTIVE

the

the

dripping,

nouns

Abstract

which

from

"The

to

these

may

action.

sentence,

In

sentence,

resenting
rep-

of the rain

"beauty."

From

of words

groups

the

rain

it is that

children

beautiful."

was

what

abstract

"The

the

all

passes

as

noun,

performed

noise.

termed

the

abstract

an

group

of the rain, of the children,

namely
abstract

in

eaves,"

sunset

that

each

impUed

the

the

tell

effect

come."

In

the

the

elm-boughs against

what

me,"

sunset

in

qualifying adjective

dripping.

sunset

the

action

drips from
autumn

autumn

an

crete,
con-

delighted

adjective branch

caused

or

voice

dripping of the

the

disturbed

autumn

an

the

its
or

"The

sound,"

made

of

subject is

action,^

an

caused

observer

the

of the

sentence,

who

storm

bj'^telling who

children

beauty

upon

that

or

tells

words

or

me

the

made
the

children

or

the

melancholy

tells what

called

tossing of

definite

instance,

of her

sweetness

be

noun

abstract, as

or

wild

suggesting

more

above,

that

"A

branch

noun

or

used

low, clear

once," and

at

whether

noun,

examples

"The

sentence,
us

the

in

as

common

definite the

more

those

of

the

just cited,

Lord

by

the

is the

may

also

tells toward

adjective which

suggested

action
fear

an

as

noun

be

what

is directed.

l)e5:inninJT of wisdom,"

defined
person

The

tence,
sen-

refers,

.//Oir

obviously,
which

not

"The

feels

one

bestowal

tells not

then,

called

object of

but

what

he

for

stand

These

locate

or

Instead

Adjectives.

"

lost

elements
the

my

do

not

simply point to them,

reason

from

the

25.

they
Latin

Articles.

the

articles,

(or

an,

has

point

to

"The

in which

in the town

speaking of

been

points out

by

the

word

Numeral

demonstrative

or

and

"one,"

class of persons
26.

some

other

or

and

out

an

is derived

signifiessimply

things named
Ordinal

adjectives

we

by

find

or

he

is that

situated

he

recently

has

the article "the"

the

any

one,

the

whom

the

class named
Old

English

one,

of

the

noun.

Adjectives.
shall

with

that

in

from

person

concerning

thing

and

ruler, either

Always

or

the

certain

courthouse'*

town.

For

to

speaker lives,unless

specificperson

some

noun.

for

the

finger.

beginning

one

or

but

words

two

certain

man,

adjectives,

words

before

simply

serves

the

of

point out.
adjectivesare classed

the

of

consist

some

adjective

the

or

with

demonstrative

it becomes

The

door,

demonstrare, meaning

Among

"

man

characteristics

demonstrative

king" indicates
the speaker's own
country
just been speaking. '*The

thing.
of

word

out

The

qualitiesor

called

pencil I

point

man.

it

ing
belong-

hotel, the

these

or

would' do

one

as

are

which

as

vowel).

writing-desk,all
tell the

simply point

right-handside, the

the

on

hotel, the pencil, the

hat, the

direct
toward

all others

hat, that

hat, hotel, pencil,door,

here

this

door

third

bought

definite

one

This

class.

same

yesterday,the

of whom

gift

(lescribingor

of

from

distinguishingit

it,thus

the

to

the

thing

or

person

of

adjectives,

like

since,

the subject,the adjectivemay

characterizing
out

sentence,

giver,"

bestows.

the

the

in

the

to

adjectives,

they

Demonstrative

24.

Also

Lord.

that

to

is directed.

action

an

the

objective

verb,

toward

37

experiences, but

Lord

the

gift brings pleasure

bestows

who

are

whom

of

CROWS

SUBJECT

ff^ar which

thr

to

some

THE

"

In
also

the

group

those

of

wliich

38

indicate

by

the

certain

been

from

this

in

pupils

as,

the

Board

to

the

article

or

herd

school

seven,

thirty-five
separate

that

class.

These

ORDINAL

such

the

called

wedding
fifteenth
States
27.

"The

Sunday,"

day

carried

was

against

INTERROGATIVE

Smith

is

28.
the

Possessive

purpose

of
the

class

Adjectives.
"

adjectivesin

chair

"My
a

iFor

is

more

to

whom

interrogative

the

or

comfortable

birthdaypresent
pronouns,

of

to

see

"21.

United

and

sentence

"Which

Mr.

has

been

tives.'
adjec-

when

the

called

are

serve

pronouns

members

what

subjectas

plan

Nouns

him," "The

is

ents'
grandpar-

These

interrogative

than

week

the

class the

are

to

found

family," "The

"What

and

all other

subject from

by tellingus

of the

In the Sentences,

what

be

adjectives,instead

it is.

member

and

the

opposition."

of

of the bank?"

which

agreed upon?"

are

by noting

of my

our

Some

member

ADJECTIVES.

president

by

tremendous
"

for, ask which

stands

whole

day

constitution

Adjectives.

Interrogative

series

anniversary

the

statingdefinitelywhich

of

first

celebrated

to

of

they

as

adjectives may

"The

fiftieth

amendment

specificnumber

thing in

Ordinal

will be

words

class,together with

or

following sentences:

the

the

fourteenth,twenty-first,
first,

as

person

series.

the

which

to

adjectives,

demonstrative

distinguishone

positionin,the

in

was

the

to

ADJECTIVES,

which
its

numeral

class

of its members,
out

in the

day

adjectives.As

the

one,

any

cows

"Thirty-five

present every
of these

two,

called, belong

morning,"

from

out

subjectbelongs one,

entire

been

of scarlet fever

cases

Health," "Seven

of

examples

separates

an

*'Two

things named

or

pei-sons

this

have

year," furnish

current

the

of

sentences

reported

missing

GRAMMAR

ENGLISH

number

Such

noun.

have
are

BRIEF

used

to

of the

criminate
dis-

same

subjectbelongs.

yours," "John's
President's

watch

house

has

HOW

been

always

thus

POSSESSiVES,

President's
POSSESSIVE

or

whom

to

in

question belong,

what

39

Such

in

these

the

thus

adjectivesas

sentences,

tell

they

chair, the watch, and

what

my,
called

are

because

the

house

particularchair,

indicating what

and

particularwatch,

whose

sentences

are

ADJECTIVES,

what

to

us

or

House/"

discriminated.

the

and

GROWS

SUBJECT

'the White

called

subjects are
John's,

THE

particularhouse

the

jects
sub-

represent.
29.
the

Appositives.

author

of

group

of

Dr.

Lord

Jesus

do

The

Lord

called

friends," "Paul,

relief may

that

pray

words, the author

our

Village,
belonged

Deserted

Johnson's

following sentences, "Goldsmith,

Christ, greets you," and

humbly

of

In the

"

Jesus

The

of

Christ, and

APPOSiTiVES,

Deserted

nouns

or

Goldsmith, Paul, and

of

words

indeed

are

But,

respectivesentences.
same

does

than
define

the

subjectof

is

servant

second;

of

we,

subject

the

of

modifies, and

when
*

Latin

or

used

Lord

our

is, the

the
same

pronouns,
in

author

the

persons

An

person

refers to the

or

who

are

thing

is, the

Village,is
who

the

other
or

near

as

is
petitioners,

your

then, is
does

meaning

have

with

ad, to,

to

serves

Paul, that is,the Paul

the

then, may

placed, and

exactly

that

Deserted

appositive,

further

apposition

The

of

their

Christ, is the subject of the

Jesus

third.

defining

poaUum,

subject in

subject. Goldsmith,

the first sentence;

that

indicating the
Nouns

was

the

jects.
sub-

groups

the

explain

who

Goldsmith

these

this,each

than

more

the

to

the

subject,and explainsmore
It thus
simplesubjectwho is meant.

the
to

or

does

as

person

close

placed

commonly

"appositive"

word

to,* and

close

by derivation, placed

means,

The

we.

of

servant

with

apposition

in

the groups

Village,a

are
petitioners

your

our

petitioners,

your

granted us,"

be

of

servant

"We,

the famous

to

to.

nouns

the

force
or

noun

this

of
of

nouji

it

noun.

adjectives

pronouns.

40

30.

BRIEF

GRAMMAR

ENGLISH

Proper Adjectives. Some

are
adjectives

"

because

ADJECTIVES

nouns/

they

Italian

as

from

have

been

called

derived

from

Mohammedan

Italy

proper

proper

from

med
Moham-

and

Spenserian from

does
as

have

we

31.

branch
the

the

subject.

the

is the

subject grows

be

it divides
The

of

name

of

perceived by

the

or

proper

within

class of persons

senses,

things

or

actions, states,
represent qualities,

called

abstract

of

group
A

people
is

pronoun
noun

proper

thing

common

takes

pronoun

the

modifying

demonstrative

that

common

of

adjective.
number

An

or

persons

indefinite
or

of

and

its

pronoun

sort
"See

of

members
person

"1G,

of
or

directly
those

ideas, are
the

idea

of

the

equivalent for
its

modifying

person

or

the

or

of.

common

noun

jective.
ad-

persons
person

tive
demonstrawith

its

interrogativepronoun

represents

an

indefinite

things.
I*^s class

thing

by

it is.

modifying interrogative

Qualifyingadjectivesdistinguisha
all other

Common

be

other

or

common

nouns;

spoken to,

adjective,an

noun

of persons

with

things)spoken

place

can

of

or

things.

formal

noun

persons

class.

convey

represents

or

person

noun.

one.

less

and

personalpronoun

(or the

nouns

things acting as

shorter

for

or

speaking, the
or

Collective

or

defines

common

concrete

which

nouns.

further

the

simply

noun

or

which

called

are

into

individual
particular

individuals

of

name

either

representing material

nouns

tence
sen-

adjectives,such

common

adjective branch.

is the

noun

particulargroup
noun

of

subject;the adjectivedescribes

subjectmay

proper

the

As

"

and

names

The

that

office in the

previously discussed.

Summary.

noun

differ from

not

Their

Spenser.

person

or

thing

from

describing it, tellingwhat

Qualifying adjectives

may

demonstrative

the

out

An

simply points

of.
which

pronoun

is

pronoun

which

pronoun

of persons

number

interrogative

represents

an

things.

or

pronoun

which

modifies

the

is

used

in

question.

adjective is

An

is

pronoun

indefinite

GRAMMAR

thing spoken

or

person

asking

is

pronoun

indefinite

An

ENGLISH

BRIEF

42

word

which

meaning

of

noun.

qualifying adjective is

demonstrative

adjective which

an

is

adjective

describes.

adjective

an

which

points

out.

An

interrogative adjective is

adjectivewhich

an

asks

question.
possessive adjective is

An

adjective which

an

used

appositive is

another

denoting

noun

adjective

proper

noun

is

the

modify

to

the

indicates

same

adjective derived

an

meaning

of

thing.

or

person

session.
pos-

from

proper

noun.

QUESTIONS
What
office has

each

from

noun

the

of

abstract

as

far is the

An
each

may

is

so

collective

named?

written

Why

pronoun?
Name

An

do

tell a

you

What
is

Name

as

we

need
with

many

such

the meaning
particularize

ways

demonstrative

in

which

of the noun,

can

is

an

pronoun?
pronouns
words?

capitalletter?
pronoun?

interrogativepronoun?

three

proper

How

sentence?

What

is written

What

subject?

subdivided?

appropriate?

pronouns

can

noun?

personal pronoun?

indefinite

be

nouns

of the

one

What

common

name

in

noun

of the

How

sentence?

remember.

can

you

Which

in the

noun?

divisions

main

two

common

class

How

the

are

the

giving an

Why

is

adjective

original

HOW

illustration of each
each

SUBJECT

THE

way.

in the sentence?

do

What

appositives?

GROWS

43

What

are

the articles?

What

are

possessives?

is the difference

between

What

does

What

are

theui?

EXERCISES

Write

A,

three

about

sentences

three

noted

countries, cities, rivers, institutions,books,

been

have

another

mentioned

pupil pick
in

clue

any

there

the

the

other

any

from

In

D"

of nouns,
1. The

2.

The

3.

My

4.

The

5. The

of the

7. The

could

Is

distinguishthem

nouns?

in which

sentences

sentences

each

of

the

and

pronouns,

and

impressed

charge

others

chapter.
the

name

noun

kinds

procession of

black-

always pleases us.

parasol has

of the

the

of

the various

note

noun.
pro-

deeply.

us

dropping

constant

adjectives:

approbation of
silk

each

in this

endless, silent,slow-moving

red

subject is

following sentences,

adjectivebranch

the

the

illustrate

to

adjectivesmentioned

new

?^

nouns

proper

give

you

faded

of water

will

in the
wear

sun.

away

the

lightbrigade aroused

stone.

admiration

in the

paper
must

be

Christian

third

taken

to

pigeon-holeto
the

office at

the

left in

my

once.

out
religion is spi*eadingrapidly through-

world.

the

*See

he

of

writing desk

never

which

Did

\vti

worid.

6. The

8.

these

wrote

etc., which

lately,and

noun.

proper

kinds

monks

robed

in

original

and

branch

way

seven

Write

different

you

lessons

of your

each

out

way

common

J5. Write

C,

in any

persons,

The
be

faint, elusive

forgotten.

Appendix

IV,

lb.

scent

of

witch-hazel

blossoms

can

Spanish language

f*. The

be

may

easilyacquired by

one

French.

learncMl

has

who

GRAMMAR

KXGLISII

liRIEF

44

10.

The

British

11.

The

fate

12.

The

colonies

of all wild

crown.

befell Kroof.

animals

first volmiteer

the

loyal to

are

from

the

attend

will

state

our

reunion.
13.

The

Annenian

all ci\'ilized

excited

ma^ssacre

the

indignation

of

people.

14.

How^

15.

She

16.

The

17.

During

beautifullyJulia
worked

has

has

that

drawn

map!

hard.

British

Museum

the

winter

contains

precious

many

it is closed

six

after

uscripts.
man-

o'clock

at

night.
18.
house
19.

Those

fine

for

thirtyyears

The

breeding

itself in his
20.

old

have
of

been

long

have

that

trees

opposite

our

down.

cut

line of

stood

shows

courtly ancestors

manners.

The

Taming

of

the

is seldom

Shrew

seen

upon

the

stage.
21.

Our

22.

We

23.

Young

24.

The

25.

Joseph

26.

The

27.

Silas

28.

The

29.

This

has

30.

That

makes

31.

Who

will

Scott:

family

has

demand

Mann

Lochinvar
of

Mamer

Empire
is

ojie

ever

on

its record.

no

visited

Ireland

will be

plunged

of my

favorite

gone

contains
too

difference.
know?

west.^

of the

few

in 1719.

stanza

already

out

come

died

Spenserian

ion.

is

England

Addison

British

blot

investigation.

an

King

had

never

far.

nine

into

war.

books.
lines.

weeks

now

GROWS

Persian

genuine antique

32.

SUBJECT

THE

45

costs

rug

great deal

of

money.
The

33.

Grant's

The

took

place

Classify the

in the

in

Judge

of

the

Grand

of

Army

and

pronouns,

the

adjectives

following passages:^

Her

silence

very

Speak

the

to

thou

And

When

Her

smoothness,

and

her

they pity

more

bright

Then

irrevocable

I have

patience,

and

show

is gone.

and

Which

people

wilt

she

Firm

pass'd

get

Devise
To

hide

After
To

the

from

us

libertyand

And

not

bald

high top

green

Who

and

with

The

head

.opening of

As

You

Like

It,

his

thy lips:

together
way

be

made

in content

banishment.

with

his

Seeing Orlando,
From

will

boughs

gilded

her

safest

we

go

to

wretched, ragged

Lay sleepingon
A

Now

oak, whose

an

and

tuous
vir-

more

away,

wealth

our

pursuit that

flight.

my

Under

fittest time

seem

her; she is banished.

upon

jewels and

our

and

doom

Let's
And

her.

not

open

is my

2.

to

Washington.

the

nouns,

1.

3.

belongs

corner

general encampment

last

Republic

E.

the

on

father.

34.

the

house

handsome

mossed

were

with

age

dry antiquity,

man,

o'ergrown

back; about
snake

had

nimble
mouth

it unlink'd

with

his neck
wreathed

in threats
:

but

hair.

itself,

approach'd

suddenly

itself,

Into

4.

('ould

Who

Over

6.

What

7.

Tlu^

their

insult,

the

wretched?

their

Almost

to

Cours'd
In
Much
Stood

is

Augmenting

did

hear

you

at

the

once,

of

the

down
and

chase:

the

thus

with

big

edge

round

his

innocent

the

hairy

tears.

of

groans

leathern

his

tears

nose

fool,

Jaques,

melancholy

cxtremest

it

such

stretch

and

another

th'

effect

forth

heav'd

bursting,

marked

on

all

and

exult,

discharge

piteous

their

Will

animal

one

in

invention.

this?

wretched

'I'hat

rude

mother,

your

you

fool

giant

countenance.

be

brain

gentle

blacker

words,

might

That

such

forth

drop

in

woman's

Christian:

Ethiope

Than

away

me,

to

not

Such

5.

defies

Turk

Like

slip

bush.

she

Why,

did

glides

indented

with

And

GRAMMAR

ENGLISH

BRIEF

46

the

swift

brook

coat

letter?

CHAPTER

THE

HOW

The

32.

the

in

the

the

We

which

in

But

subject.
closely we

begin

takes
act

be

must

these

reckoned

the

thing

or

person

time,

and

place
The

33.

The

to

the

and

Arnold

betrayed

Natural

Histmy

Julius

most

general

the

aspect,

and

Julius

the

act

itself

toward
DIRECT

The

consist

are

which

DIRECT

these

OBJECT,
noun

branch

its most

under

upon

which

circumstances

it
the

of

acted
is

In

"

the

the

upon,

the

performed,

**

from

the

Natural
words

band

of

which

action

of

the

which

an

is directed

indicate
are

action,
Selbome,

of

convey

in its

killed,

and

wrote,

objects

wrote

conspirators

the

History

those

action

White

Gilbert

"A

dict
''Bene-

sentences,

betrayed,

verbs;

the
of

OBJECTS

of

called

two

influences

representing

namely,

Those

CcesoT'

more

action.

words

The

country.

the

into

in

act

an

action

of Selbome/'

Ccesar,"

his

namely,

the

falls

subject,

thing

or

country,"

readily distinguished

are

the

person

the

it tells

predicate

conditions

Object.

his

the

particular

of

that

or

modifying

whom

for

or

manner

Verb

killed

certain

Among

place.

element

it represents

acts;

representing

particular

certain

or

that

have

we

thing represented by

or

it,like

one

other

the

thing

or

far

undivided

an

scrutinize

that

see

So

"

merely

seen

we

as

to

unit,

as

person

parts, the

general form,
act

the

GROWS

Predicate.

person

soon

as

fairly distinct

the

have

some

about

something

the

of

predicate

sentence.

way

us

PREDICATE

Divisions
of

thought

III

of

idea
the

known

ject
obthe

as

verbs.
like

the

and

an

47

subject,

of

adjective

any

branch.

verb

may

Thus

48

in

the

the

and

often

"We

Spain,"
elected

Tom

and

President

the

the

fourth, William

It

will

be

elected

named,

or

or

is sometimes

The

34.

object is
These

jects
ob-

and

the

and

Tracy

these

been

in

Spain;

to

second,

President;
Holland.

King of

cates
indi-

objects always

appointed, called, chosen,

other

the

indicates

given

this

office,position,
The

person.

distinguished from

the

latter

former

by

the

object.

Indirect

With

Object.
"

associated

verbs

Club

Century
the two

has

been

to

In the first sentence

of

has

minister

of

one

the

complementary

name

"The

in the

as

William

third, Tom

while

which

name

object

who

person

them,

made

of Orange

that

noted

pence
six-

noun

Curtis

Mr.

Mary,''

minister

and

in

with

president," "They

in

the

her

name

Curtis

the

crooked.

appointed

of Holland."

Mary;

into

objects associated

Tracy

Mr.

are

little crooked

appoint, call, choose, elect, make,

two

shall

Orange King

found

woman

object separates

to

have

**The

sentences,

GRAMMAR

and
adjectivesa, little,

meaning

name,

old

direct

the

Verbs

ENGLISH

"The

sentence,

sixpence,"

her

BRIEF

with

an

indirect

chieflysuch

are

the

verbs

certain
object,

it is called.

as

represent the

as

direct

actions

of

giving, bequeathing, bringing, telling,showing, refusing,

forgiving,sending,lending,and
only

not

whom

to

thing

it is

thanks,"

of

thrice
hath

told.

or

the

gave

words,

indicating the

persons

have

Julius

are

performed.

Ccuar,

him

all his

left you

the

we

Such

Thus

boys'

presented

of thanks,

question
From

"I

objects,a

walks,

sent

or

like.

verbs

given, sent, told, etc., but

vote

direct

you,

is

Council

he

"Moreover,

in

given

Common

"The

which

the

the
to

in the
fire
a

imply

person

sentences,

brigade

kingly crown,"^

walks,"^

besides
and

kingly crown,

These

for

whom

words

the
are

the

all his

hoys firebrigade,him,
or

vote

and

actions

called

the

50

BRtEP

and

come

action
TIME

call

here," are

me

indicated
OR

when

OF

verb

is made

the

sentences^

put it by once," "He

and

When

of

hears

one

the

meaning
the

by

case

tims
the

the

the

of

verb

never,

by

not

means,

last purpose,

shall

in

the
tion.
ques-

thrice," "He

time," the
adverbs

words

of

time,

while

probably,perchance, serve
which

in each

and

weakened,

in the

negative adverbs,
no

are

case,

adverbs

not,
for

employed

perhaps,possibly,

as

doubtful

render

associated, and

are

that

aware

that in the first sentence

so

The

to

they

becomes

much

such

invitation,''"1

ojcceptis modified

all,in

at

"

the

certainlyaccept
the

accept

shall

directly contradicted.

with

third

invitation," one

third

verb

How

or

actions

shouted

also

"I

shall

intensified,in the second

the

of

action.

sentences,

it is

this

the

of

are

accompanying words,

no

adverbs

Affirmation, Uncertainty, and Negation.

accept the

not

the

market-place,about

"They

as

third

invitation," "Perhaps
shall

the

offered it the

the

Adverbs

by
specific

place

indicatingthe frequency of
38.

of which

questions,When?

in

the
definitely

such

thrice,once,

in each

To-moTToWy tkis houT, cUl night,to-night,

capital,home,

streets, here, fix

GRAMMAR

sentences^

lighted,answer

the

In

the

by

PLACE.

it is

long? To

EI^GLISH

the

action

such

of

adverbs

ably,
undenidoubtless, undoubtedly unqiiestionably,
certainly,

as

to enforce

serve
assuredly,

39.

of

Adverbs

limited

or

Degree.

it was

wounded
:"lightly
may

itself dofines
"The
i

Taken

from

in

the

tha
widow
Julius

meani

:g

carries
Caaar.

much,"

of
on

of the verb

and

"Little

the
her

of another
verb.

Thus

husband's

is

times
some-

of

degree,

did

we

"The

engagement."

meaning

it.

adverb

an

home,"

last

also define the

emphasize

meaning

fear it

do

last visit to the old

our

degree

^The

"

by
particularized

in the sentences, "I

as

or

think

general
An

adverb

adverb
in

was

of

which
the

business

tence,
sen-

very

THE

HOW

the
successfully,"

business

specifiesthe

very
the
notes

of

of

its

"a

of

manner

your

to its

as

excellence

When

adverb

an

**a

incrediblycareless blunder,"
objectsin
the
that

is

accent

attributed

to such

cool, but cool

is careless

to

unusual

degree

or

to

to

that

the

the

it is

are

the

Interrogative Adverbs.

stay?"
and

adverb

is often
the

or

going?"
stare

you

do

In

the action

you

"How

interrogative

common

41.

"From

The

Kinds

Julius

nary;
ordi-

only
der
blun-

adverbs
classed

tences'
interrogative sen-

C"B8ar.

of

manner,

be

may

dwell?"

now?"

rise you
so?"

"

"Why
died

my

are

questioned
dost

you

thou

breathless

master?"
how

the

"Whither

"Why

where, why, whence, whither, wherefore, and

the

not

thus

are

following sentences:*

the

"Where

"Wherefore

why

The

The

below

dehghtful; the

interrogative.The

place of

in

speaker, as

you

rather

of

DEGREE.

OF

time

degree

the

spot is

AJDVERBS

cause,

above

degree

with

the

fixes the

degree

etc.,
slightly,
delightfully,
incredibly,

The

manner

peculiar degree.

very,

40.

in like

is unbelievable.

degree that

the

by

evidentlyaffirmed

adjectivealone;
a

tremely
ex-

of quickness,imqualities

imperious,but

the

suggested by

adverb

quick run,'*
cool spot," "an
delightfully

the

only quick, but quick

is not

run

rather

some

tuell

'*a very

periousness,coolness, carelessness,are

by

the

which

of

speaks

one

slightly
imperious tone,"

the

adverb

riding,

meaning by

quality.

adverb

Similarlyin

while

riding as good,

of

manner

the

success.

or
adjectiveis often
qualifying
descriptive

defined
of

to

her

of

the degree
specifies

speaker

her

extremely well,'*the

ride

manner

your

51

successful, while

as

degree

"You

sentence,

GROWS

successfvMydefines

adverb

the

carrying on

PREDICATE

When,
are

among

adverbs.

Verbs:

Transitive

and

Intransitive

52

Verbs.

for

classes

of

verbs
of

least

at

Caesar

first

represent

four

some

action

and

"across."

The

dwell, and

Fell, weep,

It is evident
and

sentence

"The

wind

inside

out," it is
verbs

"The

women

well

wrote,

Scott wrote
without

From

Tennyson;

Julius

Ccesar.

The

Princess,

this

words

verbs
"to

Thus
and

In

contain
not
or

to

thing.

verbs.

transitive
in the
is

blew
like

in

one

sentence

intransitive

an

my

umbrella

manner

the

transiti
in-

talk, in the sentences,

pauses

of the

rapidly and continuously,""I

talk

or

suggest actions

be

wind

in the

over"

pass

person

blew

see,

called

are

seems

Thus

verb

schedule,

intransitive

may

to

over

quoted

which

verb.

glasses,""We

thing

action.

sentences

verb

can

which
or

the

the

well."

verbs

passes

definite

"The

look

verbs, but

called

are

by

the person

sentences

any

like linnets

sang

"Sir Walter
very

transitive

sang,

lord

thy

in another.

sentence

if

These

the

fiercely,"the

in the

verb, while

dwell

meaning

same

intransitive
blew

"I

Brutus,"

ready fetch,censure,

by

in these

and

the

that

to

look

complete in themselves,

weep!"

action

an

verbs

these

of

Brutus.

of

represent

beyond

pass

house

from

these

word

four

last

which

verbs

of

Latin

presently," "Censure
the

verbs

there
Caesar!

"Hail,

contain

over

the

with

the house
from

TRANSITIVE,

boy,

things indicated

or

persons

recognizedifferent

thing receivingthe

or

end

not

you

passing

as

person

does

me,

him

sentences

represented by

tuill bum

him,

these

different

many

kinds:

bum

how

so

following sentences^

different

word,

of

are

must

we

the

"We'll

me

action

an

acting,to

the

In

two

fell,""O

Capitol," "Bring

the

well.

that

in general

predicate stands

sort, there

wisdom,"

your

"Great

The

in the

some

as

GRAMMAR

schedule," "I'll fetch

this
in

me

verb

varieties of action

verbs

read

of

action

an

types and

are

the

Although

"

ENGLISH

BRIEF

wind,'"^
can

see

incessantlywhenever

HOW

we

Scotch

sang

the

"I

and

"We

talk

the

other

hand,

verbs

42.

verbs

is

the

the

"You

the

the

of

back

that

is, one

the

herself

blamed

Brutus

only
The

43.

have

been, had

indicate

to

"

the

the statement

in such

write

is directed
of the

subject

action

verb

In

it.

is reflexive:

of

hope

is reflected

or

each

"Tom's
"We

worse," "The

all

returns

is called

wrong-doing,"
no

was

case,"*

is the person

completed

was,

are,

gratulated
con-

insurgents
"For

mercy,"

less

previouslyconsidered.

of

the

be, shall

be,

apparently than
It

do

sometimes

seems

in the sentences,

existence, as

subject'smere

forms

will

were,

suggests action

been,

have

we

when

copula^ includingall

is,

e.g., am,

"

is identical

whose

from

^The

"

be,

object which

himself."

Copula.

to

the verbs

off

overcame

verb

it

always

tive
iSnd transi-

thus

his

for

that

themselves

cut

almost

some

Thus

the

zon,"
hori-

time."

subject performing

sentences

the

on

we

action

verb

ourselves

had

The

the

wrote

hill,worship}

the action

The

upon

following

mother

direct

at

sentences

some

sentence.

subject.

VERB;

the

In

"

whom

subject.

REFLEXIVE

turned

and

go;

Scott

as

always intransitive,as

are

wronged yourselfto

toward

by

upon

seem,

the

subject of

person

named

verbs

sentences

cloud

for hours

some

Verbs.

such

in

small

nonsense

completed by

made,

see

53

Walter

bring, accept, conquer,

Reflexive

with

can

be, become,

transitive,as

transitive

ballads/' "Sir

Waverley Novels,"
On

GROWS

PREDICATE

together,"become

are

"She

THE

"

*Any

verb

English

Examples
carty,"

verb

From

The

Julius

idea

wish

general

is

or

does

by its derivation

the

or

to

where

sentences
of

matter

"He

destroy 1"

buy

suggests

coupler

misleading

of action

to

in

intransitively

the

little consequence.
but

nothing

fetch

and

sell?"

CcRsar,

copula

being only
is

the

he

used

and

bum,

"Kill,

are,

"Does

name

may

is vague

object of the verb

be

or

idea, due,

characteristic

word

connecting
doubtless,
of the

verb

to
as

idea

in the
the

of

obscuring

such.

this

form

in

of

the

ever,
This, how-

sentence.

the

copula

of

64

"Great

men

BRIEF

ENGLISH

small

were;

right."^ Sometimes
certain

"He
of

Lepidus

existence

involve

and

of

in

sentences

is

graciousdrops;"* here
certain

possesses
The
of

copula when

Caesar
the

idea

men

of the

the

predication,and
verbs
verbs

as

"She

copula

second

used

appeared tranquil,""We

44.

Active

and

the

subjectof

the

recipientof

defeated

look

sentence

may

the action.

subject,while the sentence

Wellington," indicates an
"

Pope:

"

From

Essay
Julius

*See

SS47

'See

Appendix

"18.

and

on

Man.

Casar,
48.
II.

such

an

It has

been

the sentence,
action

"Napoleon
action

entire

is, is

complete
used

sentences

as

anxious," "I

represent either

Thus

indicates

"

tence,
sen-

also

are

seem,

became

Verbs.

the

incompletepredication.

cool," "Everybody seemed

Passive

Napoleon,"

of

verb

adjective

an

verb

of

classes.*

the

first

incomplete predicationin

comfortable," "You

in

as

or

were

ject
the sub-

called

"Whatever

verb

that

sentence,
as

are

this deed

certain

not,

noun

become, feel,look,

appear,
of

as

The

his eyes

are/* convey

men

is less

tyrant,"*"These

it does

requires a

meaning.*

its

right,"*shows
The

small

were;

predicate,but

complete

to

was

is sometimes

used

doubtless

man/'* "They

or
belongs to
qualities

it is thus

the ideas

done

copula indicates

since
incomplete predication,
"Great

soul 1

honorable

an

will/'

element

that have

weeping/'* "They

villains,murderers,"* "This
are

is the

place

this

"Poor

as

subjectin

Even

certain

action; but

honorable/'* "Brutus

are

the

of

Caesar's house."

at

presence

in such

fire with

as

of

the presence

sentences,* "Here

the

are

element

some

apparent than
red

in

is, is

"Whatever

are,*^and

men

it asserts

place, as

and

GRAMMAR

received

happy."

noted^
the

or

"Wellington
defeated

or

that

agent

performed by
was

feel

suffered

the

by
by

The

subject.

the

Intransitive

while

verbs

be

to

defeatedis

vxis

active

an

ing
(endur-

passive

become

sentences,

verb

changes

sentence,

its direct

transitive

passive, though

not

are

in certain

may,

said

55

receiving)verb.

or

in

GROWS

defeated is

verb

(or acting) verb,

verb

PREDICATE

THE

HOW

from

When

passive.

active

the

transitive

any

the

to

passive use
the subject

object usually becomes

in the
adverb
element
subjectbecomes
part of an
defeated
by
predicate,as in the sentence, "Napoleon was
Wellington."* If,however, the sentence contained originally
in the sentence,
indirect as
well as a direct object,as
an
become
"I gave him
due warning," this indirect object may
the direct object is
the subjectof the passiveverb, while
"He
retained, thus:
was
given due warning." In such a
retained
the noun
sentence
as
warning is known
a
object.^
^When
45. Impersonal Verbs.
we
say "It is snowing,"

and

its

"

"It
is

has

has

snowing,
the

the

action,

For

other

their

reference

undefined
natural

etc.

The

46.

verbs,
to

the outdoor

For

of

these

of

subject

"

further

Some

discussion

some

world
and

verbs

is

in

are

about

the

and

See

Kellner's

Historical

it.

pronoun

The

verbs, usually intransitive,such

active

and

passive

seem

verbs,

Outlines

of English

Syntax,

this

snow,

Verbs:

Intransitive

by

attribute

we

cold, rain

by

to

become

see

"121, and

pp.

225, 226,

III.
2

monly
com-

form, but

to which

always

of

distinguished

are

things brought

fight,sometimes
of

used

thus

differences

tences
sen-

undefined

vague,

They

heat

of

Complements
Object.

any
of

state

sleep,live,die, run,
'

by

verbs

thing, but

or

person

verbs

reason

rain," the

represent in these

VERBS.

phenomena

The

Cognate

this

not

spiritof

the

world,

IMPERSONAL

from

looks

definite

outside

impersonal agent.
called

of

not

the

weather,

and

grown,

like

looks

cold," "It

very

grown

as

tran-

dix
Appen-

56

sitive

take

and
is

meaning
of

lived

quiet

life in

the

47.

Noun

The

"This

Caesar

naming

of

was

COMPLEMENT,

"They
be

may

of

"Jim

sentences,

has

course

the

by
and

an

noun

Verbs

has

to

or

England,"

a
a

either

So

the

in

verb
In

"See
For

the
in

become,

the

athlete," "Old

charge,"

"Such

necessity,"is

famous athlete,a

appoint, call, choose,

^

passive,^are

defined

charge,

town

Choate

"Fraley

was

was

elected

completing

of

these

verbs,

when

electa make,

completed by
object alone,
appointed
alderman

active,

see

as

the
in

ambassador
in

"43.
the

hence

like manner,

ward."

tence,
sen-

though

is, and

famous
town

noun

the

villain

word

office

intransitive

the

called

urgent

an

complementary

"Joseph

sentences,

of

the

necessity.

etc., when

complement

asserts,

sociated
as-

tyrant, while

verb, has

become

complements,

meaning

nominate,

of

become

become

urgent

one

performing

complement.

has

now

are

thus

NOUN.

intransitive

Featherstone

in

are

they

word

meaning

meaning

noun

the

which

some

is therefore

the

they

the

villains," the

were

called

meaning
Tom

and

men

PREDICATE

completes

noun,

word

or

race

(the word

to), since

^When

"

tyrant,"

class of

Such

patience the

the

predicate.

yet completes the

is}

die

me

objects

with

verbs

Complement.

certain

noun,

verb

the

form

the

"She

good fight." These

cognate

closelyrelated
to

the

result

sentences,

with

run

fought

called

closelyallied

the

their

the

names

country," "Let
us

us," "I have

in

as

when

occurs

which

noun

for,

"cognate" meaning
to

This

object.

stand

sometimes

are

meaning

GRAMMAR

righteous,""Let

that is set before

nouns

direct

they

of the

death

ENGLISH

completed by

action

the

had

BRIEF

"33.

the

noun

the
to

fifth

58

transitive

be

may

which, with

noun

the

verb

GRAMMAR

ENGLISH

of

meaning
is

The

without

or

adjectivewhich

an

intransitive

intransitive

Active

verbs

is

some

noim

is

adjectivecomplement
the

of

meaning

the

by
of

of

be

being

called

an

performed by
suflFered

or

upon

definite

person

or

outside

the

verbs

by

the

verbs

thing, but

undefined, impersonal agent, such

vague,

than

subject. Impersonal

the

rather

subject. Passive

performed

named

verb

action

an

the

by

action, not

weather, the

the
state

or

represent

action

an

thing

or

represent the
of

The

completes

verbs

named

thing

or

represent such
person

complement

noun

verb.

copula,representingexistence

person

by

verb.

Among
action.

meaning

adjectivemodifiers, completes

intransitive

an

in

completed

adjectivecomplement.

an

or

BRIEF

the

as

world, things in general.

DEFINITIONS

verb

is

verb

transitive

An

verb

person
A

passive

or

reflexive
a

The

copula
of

An

verb

represents

represents
the person
is

toward

or

rather

be, which

than

verb

performed

thing named
with

itself.

as

action

an

complete in

performed by
subject.

the

transitive

is the verb

being

directed

action

action

an

by

object identical

impersonal
or

The

by

direct

existence.

or

action

an

represents an

thing named

verb

suffered

action

represents

verb

intransitive
active

affirms

thing.

or

person
An

that

word

verb
its

by

which

is

the

the

or

upon

subject.

completed by

subject in meaning.

represents existence

or

state

action.

represents the

action

of

an

undefined

impersonal agent.

direct

object of

verb

receivingthe
directly

represents the

action

of the verb.

person

or

thing

HOW

The

indirect
to

the

cognate object is
used

verb, and
A

which
An

with

completes

adverb

is

or
adjective,

meaning

the

the

to

intransitive.
is

noun

intransitive verb.

an

predicateadjectiveis an adjective

or

of

meaning

modifies

another

adverb.

interrogative adverb^

An

of

which

word

in

predicate nominative

or

completes the meaning

which

an

performed.

verb that is otherwise

a^ective complement

An

is

action

59

(rarelythe thing)

person

objectcloselyallied

an

complement

noun

GROWS

object represents the

for whom

or

PREDICATE

THE

is

intransitive verb.

an

the

adverb

an

meaning

of

asks

which

verb,

tion.
ques-

QUESTIONS
What

tell

adverb

an

chief

the

are

us

it modifies?

indirect

an

several

intransitive

the

has

or

verb
I

It

manner,

of

Is

What

transitive

is
or

an

becomes
seemed

may

take

degree, etc., since

is

and

the

What

takes

are

What

verb?
a

kinds

many

is the

transitive

between

reflexive

What

there?

they?

is

cognate object
of

complements

What

is

noun

Is the

adjectivecomplement?

intransitive verb?
between

are

are

and

active

place in

to

they

direct

objects?

direct

are

which

What

passive? Why
unnecessary

is

How

an

What

adverbs.
the

ing
mean-

adverbs.
interrogative

two

verbs

verb

intransitive verb?

changes

has

of

can

objects?

What

verbs?

is the difference

What
What

these

between

intransitive?

complement?
copula a

take

verbs

cognate object?

transitive

kinds

What

whose

of the verb

is the essential difference

What

copula?

predicate?

Define

verb.

different kinds

What

Name

What

is the difference

and

the action

the

object? Distinguishbetween

them.

Name

of

about

objects of

indirect

divisions

sentence

passiveverbs?
when

an

impersonal verbs

give definitions

of

adverbs

sufficiently described

by

named?

so

of

active

time, place,

their

names.

60

BRIEF

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

EXERCISES

Classifyeach

A.

Whenever

which

transitivelyeach

verb

verb

changed

the

kind

the

of each

sentence

1. It rains

and

2.

The

3.

That

4.

The

them

child

6. Does

My

9.

The

has
is

have

wJiat

you

ways

in the

its

cate
predi-

complement:
^

never

thin

grown

Change

containing

one

way

found

and

weary.
I

since

her.

saw

genuine Chippendale.

and

fled,and

we

pursued

of their camp.

valleyof

death

the six hundred.*

Rode

8.

what

complement

wind

is

into

In

charged, broke,

edge
the

of

the

has

enemy

5. Into

intransitive.

sentence?

which

sideboard

to the

7. He

of the

meaning

Name

form?

sentences,

In

form.

sitively.
tran-

in these

is here

in its active

used

tively
using intransi-

containinga passiveverb

sentence
same

which

is here

sentence

is transitive

sitive
tran-

as

passive,impersonal.

or

which

make
possible,

verb

each

the

followingsentences

usuallyintransitive

verb

any

each

in the

intransitive,reflexive,active

or

Note

verb

it taste

looked

good?
I

distressed when

brother

is

very

good

spoke

amateur

propositioncertainlysounds

10.

It looks

11.

My

12.

John

reads

13.

One

of my

of Tom's

failure.

photographer.
attractive.

rainy to-night.
bicycleis extremely high-geared.
Grerman
old

very

classmates

easily.
become

has

play-writer.
14.

The

15.

It will turn

16.

Ellen

Longfellow:

Tennyson:

plan proved quite impracticable

was

The
The

cold

before

elected

Rainy
Charge

morning.

presidentof

Day.
of the Light Brigade,

her

club.

successful

HOW

17.

He

18.

19.

It

THE

the

called

was
ran

gathered for
for her

watching

John

father's

beauteous

is

despised

men.*

22.

You

had

been

23.

War

was

immediately

24.

25.

The

It

27.

last

settled

it

to

it

began

the

post

of Barker's

caused
to

seriouslyon

down

ran

28.

He

29.

It has

30.

An

is

of

excitement

started
to

livelyrace
silk

the

wire

another

untie

himself

him

in front

toward

the

mills, having
In

fence.

West

on

his

he

course

broke

and

runaway,

cut

bits.

to

wagon

hailed, and

hitched

near

policeman, started

it

had
ran

barbed

He

somehow

He

shop.

deal

good

dark.

owner

finallycaught

was

then

snowstorm.

grow

his

which

butcher

river,and
himself

to

the victorious

spared by

rained, and

steady

horse

just.

the

were

Street, having managed

from

the

declared.

slaughtered.

was

down

enough.

often

children

then

runaway

night as

Main

warned

man

every

blew, and

it
finally

and

sleeping the sleep of

troops, but

window

the

at

free.*

rejectedof

He

and

stood

and

21.

women

me.

evening, calm

It is

was

beat

Islands.

return.

20.

26.

he
Janet

as

61

Cannibal

the

and

storm

GROWS

of

King

with

race

PREDICATE

notably

become

bad

writer.

slightlywarmer

absolutely

disinterested

since

morning.

decision

seems

almost

impossible.
Thou

31.

I thank
foe.

thy

hast

taught

thee, and

now

When

thou

whistle

when

is at

The

past thee;
thy throat.

'Wordsworth:
2

Bible.

Sonnet.

thy

me

take

heed

arts
to

goest forth
thou

of

thy steps; the

by day,

liest down

noonday

destruction; for this

sun

my

red

man

bullet

by night, my

shall

not

discover

is
shall

knife

thy

62

the

and

enemy,

shalt

thou

thy

there
B.

the

the

scalping knife;

thou

is etemal
Draw

below,*

under

two

object,and

the

predicate,or

1. I had
2.

We

3.

You

4.

That

5.

Down

6.

Almost

each

other

way

the

seen

and

the

subject of

of the

under

in any

sentence

the verb

perishfrom

thee

under

adverb, indirect

strangar,

each

sentence

under

these

object

divisions

or

of

the
plement
com-

each

captain.

sail to-morrow.
will

give up
shall

we

this wretched

Pew

went

at the

practiceat

once.

know.

soon

with

cry.

time

same

shot
pistol-

from

came

the

side.

Finallyhe

took

the wrong

8.

The

man

again

9.

Give

me

10.

This

sudden

11.

My

12.

With

13.

Ill

blind

the

heart

noise

one

all of

issued

his commands.

startled

us

shockingly.

beatingfinelywhen

was

get you

turn.

key.

that he gave

14. Then

me

we

two

glass.
sudden

15.

He

looked

somewhat

16.

Bapidly I

described

17. A

tall tree
Stevenson's

was

set forth.

twitch.

shrill voice broke

the darkness.

From

the land.

choose:

you

7.

I will

me.

predicate,three

show

it with

build, and

"

four

in

hedge

line

shalt

safety ^but,remember,

between

war

one

in

blood;

I will follow

sickle,and

the Indian

or

in

I will strew

and

com,

protect thy

not

I will reap

terror, and

forth

man

shall

midnight

with

for this time

way

GRAMMAR

with

^till
the white

"

Go

earth

shalt go

after with
bum

plant in

the

sow

ashes; thou

of

darkness

shalt

Thou

rest.

ENGLISH

BRIEF

the

Treasure

paler.
to lum

my

adventures.

principalmark,
leland.

forth out

of

now

18.

He

19.

This

20.

Six

they

21.

He

passed

22.

He

was

23.

The

24.

What

25.

Ben

Gunn

26.

Two

were

27.

28.

These

29.

Gray

30.

We

C
the

was

is

sea-cloth.

good

and

were

me

will

adverbs

Give

me

lads

have

you

sentences:^
I will

counsels;

till Caesar

with

his

I thrice

presented

6.

Come,

7.

Revenge

8.

Answer

9.

Speak

yourselves

Who

11.

I tell you

that

Show

sweet

From

Juliua

here

you

his

house

the

Lupercal
crown.

Octavius,
on

come.

Cassius.

griefs softly.

your
is

'em.

ancestors.

young
alone

and

along.

unto

kingly

complements

directly.

man

every

10.

him

and

Antony,

nothing.

disclose

pass

On

5.

the

not

home

triumph

statue

him

choice.

following

with

him

I asked

and

objects,

I stand

captain.

me

verbs, the

your

him

door.

chosen

nothing

me

will

firewood.

the.

at

the

alone.

for

out

sentry

the

in

deck

on

offer

Classify

4.

pistol.

here?

you

sent

told

Bring

double-barrelled

was

poor

3.

we.

sand.

was

put

Here

are

brave.

was

2.

six

brings

Tell

63

seaman.

floor

1.

GROWS

PREDICATE

THE

Ccesar,

so

vile
which

that
you

Caesar's

will

not

yourselves
wounds.

his

love

do

country?

know;

CHAPTER

THE

The

50.

the

noted

the

"The

Here

o'clock, until
of

each

and

the
of

groups

serve

words

the

of

Since

the

ADVERB

"In

of

of
the

three

at

predicate
rattlesnake

Such

subject.
phrases.

the

the

time,
of

the

meaning

hence

and

If

of

called

is

the

meaning

the

place,

of
or

any

action, it performs

therefore

to

fill any

may

adjective

an

the

equivalent

here

phrase

breath,"

opinion

my

in

completes

and

the

morrow."
to-

is

called

verbial
ad-

an

PHRASE.

adjective

all out

am

it

manner,

adverb

words

adjective

an

until

park,

in

modifies

or

circumstance

an

it is often

occupies,

of

park

usually fatal,*'

the

prepositional

If

accompanying

or

"I

as

in

adverbs

as

defines

PHRASE.

work

the

words

of

the

in

is

cate/
predi-

groups

postponed

adjectives

as

service

been

groups

called

are

by specifying

has

the

of

cousin

your

adjective

of

often

rattlesnake

of

the

branch

consist

saw

serve

while

trustees

ADJECTIVE

other

"I

to-morrow,

it does

verb

they

groups

prepositional phrase

an

that

the

discussing

adverb

trustees

the

sentence,

of

noun,

the

bite of

the

In

"

and

sentences,

of

meeting

PHRASE

Phrase.

o'clock," "The

three

at

in

as

of the

subject

have

we

words,

PREPOSITIONAL

Office

of

branch

IV

complement,^

"Mary

was

predicate

the

her

on

is without

scheme

place that
as

dignity

flaw."

in

adjectives

adjective

the
the

sentences,

once,"

and

phrases

are

at

The
breathless

dignified
^

flawless.

and
An
the

adjective

"The

sentence,

qualifying

or

as

of

wealth,"
1

phrase

Chapters

and

of

house

adjective,*

girl

"A

3.

with

as

serve

may

in

e.g.

yellow
2

Kingsbury

John

the

"48.
64

is

nearly

"28.

brown

eyes
*"23.

e.g.

in

finished";

"Jones

sentences,

and

hair

adjective,'

possessive

is
sat

next

man

to

BRIEF

.4

66

at

suj^esis
until

indicates, on

are

the

words

verb

account

on

The

wonl

usually that

the

the

action; the word

the

that
the

of

account

of

show

by

the

it is

sentence,

health,"

The

small

words

which

adjectivephrases and

adverb

of

which

the

nouns

of

beginning

of

the

of

cause

cates
indi-

phrase

equivalent to

possessive

equivalent to

subjective

of these

words

and

noun

There

English

the

at

its
are

being

name

indicate

the

they modify

derived

from

having

beginning

of

reference

phrase,

The

most

around,

below, beside, between,

before

of, out of, over,

like all

the

beyond, by, down,

other

than

more

parts of
word.

one

preposition,though
adverbial

preposition

on,

the

phrase
noun

on

side

it may
thw
with

are

of,before,behind,

at, because

"past, round,

the

after,

across,

during, except,

of, of, off, on,

on

since, through, till,to,

toward, under, until,up, upon, with, without, within.

that
It will be evident, from a reading of this list,

the

the

prepositions

common

for,from, in, into, in front of, instead

effect, a

position

fiftyimportant prepositions in

about

only

against,along, among,

of

which

verb

adjectivemodifiers.

language.

consist

sitions,
prepo-

to the

following: about, above, according to,

account

meaning

called

Latin

the

the

are

which

in

way

define

phrases

place before," and

"to

means

verbs

or

the

into

of the

meaning

statement

is

the

fathers

the

which

by spedfying

In

my

that

phrase

of

Jfhall work

phrase

verb

represents.

on

that

verb

objectiveadjective.

an

the

hand,

it

the

of

place of

meaning

of at

adjective,sometimes
or

the

in modified

going

action.

the

meaning

action

abroad

going

are

the

the

of

GRAMMAR

other

the

defines

duration

"We

the

by mentioning

it introduces

the

that

once

is modified

EXOLISH

speech

we

know,

this side

On
be

further

sition,
prepomay

of, is, in
analyzed

side, consistingof the

its

adjective modifier

THE

ihisj and

the

PREPOSITIONAL

constituent

each

of

the

be

"

elements

its

manner

of, hecause
the

of {in

of), instead
to

Hke

account

on

the

be

may

In

phrase.

words

reason

what

"

of

place of),

regarded

or

prepositionalphrase
either

adjectiveor

an

adjective.

noun

the

the

verb

which

in

as

or

of

group

predicate the
of

sition
prepo-

modified
and

phrase

defines

consists
often

pronoun,

phrase

is

subject or

adverb, and

an

or

in

preposition introduces

manner

or

whatever

or

"

second

of

performs

and

noun

river

67

complex preposition.

which

office of

the

reduced

Summary.

words

in

by

further

somewhat
53.

of

groups

(equivalentto
may

of the

phrase

noun

PHRASE

by

an

indicates

particularizesthe

it modifies.
DEFINITIONS

preposition is
show

word

its relation

used

the

to

is

prepositional phrase

preposition and
modifiers, and

to
noun

verb

or

or

an

and

phrase

which

to

it modifies.

consisting of
with

pronoun

the office of

having

i*

of words

group

noun

introduce

or

without
of

adjectiveor

an

adverb.
QUESTIONS
What

does

illustrations

of

What

does

What

does

do

phrase

as

it do

the
of

uses

many

phrase

in

consist

in the

Give

sentence?

the

of?

phrase
is

What

as
a

you

original
know.

preposition?

sentence?
EXERCISES

A.

State

the

office of

each

phrase

in

each

of

the

lowing
fol-

sentences:
1. I chuckled
2.
on

his

Before

to

myself

night the

journey.

at

the

joke.

friend of my

school

days

had

se'c out

BRIEF

My

villa

by

The

thought

68

3.

GRAMMAR

ENGLISH

the

has

sea

been

whole

the

for

rented

summer.

4.

of

past

our

in

years

breed

doth

me

petual
per-

benediction/
5.

The

in

bell

the

church

steeple was

taken

down

above

the

for

repairs.
6.

They

7. We
8.

9.
10.

the

to

dinner, before

the

of

details

I shall go
Without

the

to

child

fear

extreme

an

In
Stood

Dido

Upon

the

the

Which

to

It is enthroned

imparted

dark.

night
in

willow

her

hand

.^

thee, with

imagin'd speed,
ferry

common

Venice.^
in the

office

the

Forest.

unkindness, she had

tranect, to the

library,we
morning.

of the

banks

sea

I pray

trades

Show

B.

wild

schools.

good

Black

in the

river.

the first train in the

of

such

with

Bring them,
Unto

13.

cityby

of the

fire in the

open

adventure

real intention

11.

12.

the

our

bank

the

on

for the sake

Belief ont

to

came

After

recalled

their tent

pitched

of

hearts

each

of

kings.

the

of

prepositions in

the

following passages:
1. You

could

largefamily
through
stood

the

poultry
sable

face

'

Wordsworth
The

huge

probably

that

there

load

of oakwood

the
it

countryman

be

the

of

slave, might be

Merchant

part of

Intimations

of Venice.

seen

the house.

of Immortality.

an

passing
the

rear;
"

turkeys
for
now

bustling across
At

housekeeper

some

brought

stir of

was

outbuildings in

might
had

the

was

maid-servant, neatly dressed, and

in the lower

once,

side-door, bargaining for

which

then

and

or

"

the

at

it.

at

gateway, towards

cook

fat

the

within

see,

open

and

sale.

Now

the

shining
the

window

dows
winof

PREPOSITIONAL

THE

the

in

room

beautiful
known

and

autumn

the

flowers, and
For

2.

carved

under

with

light;then
either

tufts of

farther

down,

rushes

and

The

3.

the

the

up

low

angles,landing half-way
swallow's

below

nest

pear-tree showing
below
was

which
so

the

fresh.

the

perfumed

At

the

on

and

reedy flutings,stood

its

children's

deep

shelves

And

rooms.

large attic, where

the

the

the

on

white

"

The

Hawthorne:
:

Lorna

Iloufie

Doone.

of the

Seven

of

the

ran

owy
shadwith
old

an

the

blue,

autumn

closet, which

angel faces,
the

fireplaceof
house

in

childish

Gables.

fruit in

Little

scent-bottles, still sweet,

beads, empty

and

the

window,

the

came

top of the

of

brook

round

went

blossom

of fallen

mice

if the

as

April, against

round

out

built

houses,

broad

china.

best

But

hurry.

balusters

the

turning

infinite,unexplored wonderland

'-'Blackmore

late

juice

next

held

at

sill,and

it in

across

stood

them.*

carved

up

the

it, and

upon

the

wainscoting

with

staircase

alders

out

set

day-"

ffellinto

covered

were

from

of

and

at

or

glidedout

unawares

blading

between

street

with

hills swept

meadow,

roughly cornered,

old-fashioned

and

rooms

be

to

meant

wooded

away,

the

bank,

valley,

green

it, eighty feet

gathered, looking

either

on

never

England

perfect oval,

babble,

was

grass

New

deep

little river

down

ran

and

stone, square

were

it

as

marge,

yellow
of

growing brighter,lapsed

valley. There,
on

of

black

dark

soft

they.*

around

had

exotic, like the

as

in

her side

sky-line. By

ground

head

brink

whose

pots of

some

lady, an

delicate

standing

high; from
the

to

rock

over

that of the

young

mountains

the

out

than

the

at

60

exotics,but which

"

and

stood

sheer

hundred
up

she

of

figureof

beautiful

from

fence

flowers

genial sunshine

^was

"

story, hanging

delicate

more

second

PHRASE

the

above

twilight
"

treasures,

thrum

the

of

^an

glass

colored

70

silks,
gave

said,

rolling
"

Pater:

of

stood
the

over

"

view

lumber

its

among

ENGLISH

BRIEF

the

near

The

great

city,

weathervanes,

and

Child

flat

neighboring

twisting
clouds

GRAMMAR

smoke,

in

the

House.

touched

of

space

which

sent

not

with

the

for

steeples;

railed

roof,

up

house,

as

heavenwards,
its

seldom,
storm

round,

or

beds

^nshine/

of

CHAPTER

THE

54.

The

Clause

welcome

constant

her

words

of

neither

she

but

whole

the
a

but
of

predicate
Clauses
"I

called
named

Clauses

when
*

of
the
she

Green

office

of

is

retreated

is

and

its

which
is called

words

do

as

which

the
have

we

and

subject

History

but

subordinate

the

subordinate
English
71

importance
first two
up

clauses,
People.

in

to
sentences

around

each

the

noun,

It

clause.

springing

wa^s

or

define
dinate.
coor-

has

adjective,

an

to
or

which

still

are

help

in

as

they

and

occur

clause

in

In

of the

statements,

dependent

inferior

which
are

adverb,

an

sentence.

clauses

Short

they
either

are

or

it

the

nor

statement

having

conquered,"

Clauses."

because

but
was

subject

of

complete

which

in

subordinate

saw,

sentence

the

member

above,

Subordinate

sentence

its

sentence,

in

groups

sentence,

the

them

make

sometimes

meaning.

55.

from

two

own.

came,

parts of the
its

its

of

retreated

Which

group

found

predicate,

sure,

make

Such

part

and

prepositional phrases

differs

may

Caesar's

the

and

considered,
a

constitutes

she
have

itself

be

to
to

represents.

It
words

has,

her

statement.

in

not

only helps

sentence

CLAUSE.

single

Each

each

subject

is

around

"When

complete

her

retreated.

predicate,
-

makes

around

up

has

"The

sentences,

victory,"^ we

of

grace

the

up

and

Court/'

which

which

of

springing
when

of

In

"

springing

her

all the

each

Sentence.

was

in

had

defeat

the

and

which

Hterature

new

CLAUSE

is

is
so

other

some

quoted
her

inferior

and
in

.1

72

importance
found
the

The

took

reached

the
"As

she

in

and

the

"Since

verb

I will

me,

father

be

able

main

sentence

wishes
to

earn

of the

or

main

"Will
"I

own

the
curs,
oc-

where

cause

it," and
my

the

which

camping

stay,"

had

place.

the

verb

the

when

at

the

of

reached

place

go

"^

the age

the

show

you

urge

took

sues,"
en-

charm,

show

to

tte

of

beforehe

and

serve

shall

it may

be

the tale has

of

the

I may

that

reached

all

represented by
his

had

spun,

time

change

to

she

the

the tale has

seemed

show

"We

Or

show

may

principalverb

sentence

also

may

sentence,

collegebecause
order

all

Clauses.

^Adverb

emotion,

he

before

in the main

last summer."

in

what

of forty-five
years,

the

the

and

emotion, as

clause

action

adverb,

clauses, when

represented by

of the

defeat had

sentences, **When

sung

blind
The

of the verb
adverb

went

literature

new

Iler

or

Clauses:

mystery

she

became

the age

as

as

of

spun,

heightof mystery

action

in the

place,as

forty-five
years."

An

Court,

represented by

height

"Milton

action

her

like any

CLAUSE,

the action

reached

in

of Subordinate

Kinds

sentence

and

Tlie

principalstatement,

loelcome

ADVERB

which

at

GRAMMAR

of victory.

grace

An

ENGLISH

the

to

coiistnnt

56.
"

BRIEF

we

purpose

Sentence,
is

going

to

going

in

am

livingby

teach-

the

of the

ing."
The

result

main

sentence

Thus

may

called, so

that

Scon

could

indicated

judge
deliver

not

was

your

be

endorsed;

therefore

by

adverb

an

of

out

verb

when

town

message,"
that
the

the

clause.

or

we

"There

reform

didate
can-

tion
following resolu-

adopted."

was

action

be

"The

say,
we

represented by

strong feelingin the convention

should

An

action
also

may

one

was

the

of

adverb
of
:

the
Guy

clause
verb
ManJier

of
ing.

may
the

tell
main

upon
sentence

what
will

conditions
take

the

place, as

BRIEF

can

see

74

"Any

one

Subordinate

Thus

the

the

action

of the

called

when

to

action

of

is

the

called

in

verb

the

action

takes
OF

or
a

"The

called
and

CONJUNCTIONS

verb

in

CONJUNCTIONS

main

sentence

notwithstanding, and
which

of

OF

60.

the

Relative

double

as

the

takes

Pronouns

the

(in such

the

the

place, and

go

action

and

are

if, unless,

the

place, and

words

to

action

of

called

are

though, although,
in

condition
called

are

spite

tions
conjunc-

Considered

service.

sentence

meaning

as

of

in

Adjective

Clauses.

In

"

tive
adjec-

introductory words, who, which, that,perform

whole, they indicate

in the

takes

cause

had

we

words

which

upon

tence
sen-

concession.

clauses
a

action

thai

so

sentence,

The

indicate

others

reasons

of

result of

main

The

CONDITION.

OF

the

words

main

the

that

so

the

state

condition

the

the

in

of

conjunctions

result.

of

except show

the

verb

the

shoe,

once")

at

the

represented by

cast

occurred,

that, show

and
therefore

which

place at
The

verb

when

where,

place.

the

called

words

horse

blacksmith's

the

to

as

that, so

as,

place,and

sentence

of

are

The

purpose.

sentence

main

the

tence.
sen-

soon

word

the

In

clause

main

took

The

"I

"

clause, show

time.

represented by

place, and

the

in the

sentence

conjunction

and

Clauses.
how

verb

clause, shows

since, for,because, in order

why

main
of

introduce

stanza."

shows

of the

in the

verb

this
Adverb

in

introduce

to

conjunctions

used

and

used

John/'

while, before,after,as

when,

until, since, when

the

of

meaning

meaning

words

in

improvement

Conjunctions

define

to

serves

are

GRAMMAR

clauses, the introductoryword

adverb

the

the

perfectlythe

understand
59.

ENGLISH

some

that

with

reference

the clauses

to the

sentence

they introduce

serve

adjectives;that is, that they particularize

noun.

Considered

with

reference

to

CLAUSE

THE

the

themselves, they

clauses

for

the

of

name
or

person

the

for

always standing

In

thing.

above,^ who

serves

and

that

and

thxitywhile

and

called

object

built. These

verb

serving

conjunctive

clauses

equivalent
introduced

clause

stand

it.

had

more

general way

(or a

procedure,

62.

contains

and

which

animal

while

plow-horse

viciousness,

into

The

"

plan

which

noun

with

noun

noun

the

he

he

is
poses
pro-

what

briefer and

approved
had

an

proposes

approved

never

he

'

'^

is

Coordinate
of

that
a

had

outlived

complex
Clauses.

principaland

Irving:

The

Legend

"

Any

called
from
or

course

been

not

the

complex

tence,
sen-

sentences

phrases. Thus,

almost

was

"The

simple
a

tence,
sen-

broken-

everything but

his

sentence.
"

Coordinate

equal importance

ot Sleepy

which

sentence

simple

bestrode

[that]he

animal

""57.
2

hence

plow-horse," is

broken-down

"The

is

words

only

are
a

was

clauses

clause

distinguished

thus

members

63.

Clauses.

**What

never

Sentences.

Complex

subordinate

being

down

idea)

an

or

hence

and

suggest," is only

"He

saying

troduce
in-

to

suggest."
Simple

whose

of

rejected,

noted, is in

be

"The

first to

the

been

not

first to

Noun

quite impracticable.'*''He

is
he

in

Thus,

becomes
quite impracticable'*

the

pronouns.

be resolved

adjectiveclause modifying

being

verb

nouns,

{thing) which;

it may

by

for

it should

tliat

to

here
the

quoted

conjunctions

relative

what,

for either

words, who, which,

three

Conjunctions

word

introductory

which

sentences
me

who

word

word

that

of

subordinate

as

or

Subordinate

61.

word

illustrative

direct

the

person,

the

adjectiveclauses, also
are

subject {brought

is the

the

of

subjects,the

as

of

the

as

predicate),which

act

name

thing,

75

Hollow.

Clauses
in the

sentence,

are
no

re

clause

one

BRIEF

ENGLISH

being dependent

GRAMMAR

elause, the coordinate

predicate,but
associated

to

clauses

equal

and

consists

of

of

sentence

form

the

royally;he
was

64.
two

in

power

or

from

separated

one

he

"When

the

tourists

who

decided

to

stay

which

are

not

The

joined

doctor

joined us,

sentence,

with

brevity.

But

joined the

men

is

to

the

Gray
the

two,
of

some

the

it is evident
group

the

whole

substitute

for

the

three

The

if

not

compound,

case

Kipling:

Phrases.

be

If he

had

been

have

the

and

be

sentences

many
note

compound,

pound
com-

in the

as

Ben

would
left out
the

context

together,so
such

each
be

the

ently
independcompound

the

for

that

that the
It

sentence.

that

meant

Gunn,

sentence

names

hotels

the

doctor. Gray, and

Ben

from

as,

revived, and

shall

sentence

words

pected
sus-

sentences,

was

In

"

we

the

moment

and

may

all."

compound

Now

other

country

eon
"Napol-

one

complex

subjectmay

same

us."

other

of the

and

themselves

Gunn

whole

be, when

as,

could

one

be

longer after

Words

the

"At

sentence,

no

as,

contain

may

sittingdisconsolatelyin

week

member.

sentence,

he

dances;
such."^

or
"

or

tained
enter-

which

obeyed,"

may

the

been

Coordinate

65.

both

came,

"He

clauses

These

excused;

be

or

had

following

as

sentences

world

the

to

rains

The

gave

behaved

are

complex

hoax";

the

clause

another, simple sentences,

was

well; he

he

clauses.

and

and

trapped,

himself

being

other

clauses:

coordinate

land; and

one

commanded

simple

five

coordinate

more

some

ordinate
sub-

in

clause

primary importance.

Sentences

Compound

with

the

subject and

of

the subordinate

sentence

horsed

the

consists

clause

it differs from

Like

another.

upon

sake
the

of

three

subject only

would

be

ble
possi-

singlesubject as

men.

is much
Cupid's

the

Arrows.

same

when

child

says,

"I

want

bread

pieceof

piece of

he

wants

thus

and

the

double,
this, one
are

there

me

one

not

can

bread

of

see

"Come

mean,

but

The

verb

visit."

bread

and

and

is here

and

saying
you

"Make

or

but

compound,

be

when

me"

upon

The

may
In

me.''

house

my

that

buttery is

also

verb
see

rather, "Call

me,"

but

together.

to

wants

butter

noun.

"Come

says,

all that he

at

piece of butter,

and

compound

or

when

as

wants

not

adjectivephrase, of

double

then

of

piece

in

noun

butter/' meaning

and

bread

77

CLAUSE

THE

the

not

sentence.

Phrases
"It

decided

was

to

the

of

Gray,"

and

walking

Ben

the

both

stories

with

they

plank,

and

storms

Ben

Gunn

and

huge glee of

of Gray

and

Gunn

the

modify

verb

about

hanging, [about] walking

storms

at

compound
66.

Single

Coordinate

"I

glanced

against

jumped

and

the

connecting
also
is
do

not

makes

the

word.

shows

one

of

up

the strong

approval

The

phrases

and

These

[about]
then,

are,

the

only

connects

same

but

of

sentence

i:_"?t"v"^9ft' TT^"^^*wreIsland,

suggests

one

this

each

the

two

The

added
as

or

clauses,

This

them.

two

tion
rela-

clauses

to the

other
The

whole.

addition

of

in each

conjunction

between

thing,

always

two

cooperation.
the

blowing

was

clauses

not

or

wind

heart

my

these
called

relation

and

consist

and,

certain

compound

unbroken,"

word

meaning

conjunction and

"The

Between

It

The

"

shoulder

my

heaved

agreement
the

mean

over

clauses.

stands

sentence

but

phrases

plank,

Conjunctions.

ribs,"^ and

my

billows

coordinate

two

sea," the

stories.

noun

hanging,

phrases.

sentences,

gently

the

modify

sea,

about

decided.
the

island,

strong approval

were;

with

the

on

the

at

ivas

sentences,^

in the

them

desert

must

we

"Dreadful

and

Thus

compound.

that

huge glee of

the

to

also be

may

of

one

78

circumstance
is

BRIEF

another, until the

to

the

Thus

gained.

violentlyagainst
of

arms

one

and

each

the

with

between

the
idea

plainly the

The

action

represented by

the

the

failure

of my

to

attempt

the

but

like to

drop
of

of my

out

of

abroad

go

the

desire

to

with

doubt

of

or

situations

strugglein

if the

or

does-

impliesthat

exist.

or

of the two

"If the

man

is

but

if he

is not, then

one

says

similarly,"You

me

send

you

situations,one
r-

"

__

bill for

the

judge

statement

j.-"j-'.-.i^vji.i-"

"

Ml-...

Treasure

fsland,

of

the
a

two

whole.

only

the word

only one

can

judge of character,
tickets

.uj

now

When
or

let

is of two

possible

become

actual.

"

-^

"!....

"

,.
,

" Stevenson;

The

instance, *'The

only,can
"

clination
disin-

exist

can

of character/'

them,'' the
one

is the

speaker's recognition

for the

but

as

indicated

am

state

feeling

for

pay

the

doing.

so

sentence

the

thus

ing
waver-

his

other

judge of character,"

no
can

willing to

speaker between

says,

would

hand

of which

one

"I

of

one

ideas

the

the

sides

indicate

impostor, I

of which,
"

no

am

opposite

not

of

completed

situations

an

the

expresses

the

indicates

am

namely,

am

On

of the

When

not.

impostor

an

two

situations,one
conflicting

other
is

man

the

to

whole,

sentence,

the

to

the mind

conjunction, or,

of two

the

family, on

seems

represented in

Another

In

consequences

conjunction hut, then,

conveys

between

antagonism

him.
his

the

accept

expressed

contribute

precisely

between

is before

abroad

to

as

class," the conjunction

which

go

sentence

necting
con-

as

here

actions

family, but

my

speaker^smind

things

several

clauses.

with

reader

conjunction

indicates

two

clauses, the

escape.

relation,that of opposition or

represented by

full into the

ran

the

by

struck

run,

following it, though

one

all these

conjunction

to

different

understood

last two.
that

of th^^ sentr^-,r";

turned

four

of

the

The

"I

recoiled, and

person,

being

idea

entire

sentence,

second,"^ consists

conjunction
only

GRAMMAR

ENGLISH

CLAUSE

THE

67.

Double

Coordinate
of

use

both

conjunctions sometimes

by neither, but
brother

the

in

used

room

by

"Not

what

only

value

68.

Summary.

part of

subordinate

to

other

some

upon

sentence

clause

as

condition

or

clause

noun

of

otherwise

may

verb.

define

serve

as

Subordinate

conjunctions

definingtheir

indicatingthe
the

verb

relation

in the

simple

statement,

relation

acting as

conjunctiveor
A

adjectiveclause
of

subject, object, or

to

the

introduce

may
noun.

noun

subordinate
Adverb

sentence.

by conjunctionswhich

and

(or purpose)

plement
com-

clauses,

clauses

by conjunctions of time, place,cause

introduced

the

adverb

An

meaning

result,condition, or concession.

whole

in

serves

cause

the

tance
impor-

dependent

adverb.

Art

its

verb.

introduced

of

in

or

It

sentence.
an

and

predicate of

sentence

time, place,manner,

of the action

describe, limit,or

the

is,

constituting

inferior

clause

adjective,or

an

of words

subjectand

of

he

tions.
conjunc-

a
a

day,"
to-

come

correlative

group

of the

can

intensified

is

member

the

show

may

having

member

noun,

is

clause

other

some

called

leave

(also) what

does, but

clause

but

sentence,

own.

"

Ida

nor

was

must

you

society." These

are

"He

sentences,

Either

by

by either^ nor

it, or

Jane

man

to

paired conjunctions

*'

me,"

to

the

is intensified

and

in the

as

shall,'*"Neither

his

measures

father

and

or

only,

"

emphasized by

with

conjunction
not

Conjunctions.

are

Thus

words.

supplementary

when

both

Coordinate

Correlative

or

79

of

the

itself.

(or purpose),

Adjective clauses
serve

clause

double

the

to

subject,object,or

clause

are

are

purpose,

sentence

as

complement

noun

I'hese conjunctions are

of

called

relative pronouns.

sentence

without

is

one

dependent

which

contains

clauses.

one

complex

principal
sentence

80

is

with

sentence

in the

contains

words

and

two

compound

words

office

either

or

more

only

not

words, but

the

show

to

intensified

conjunctionsare
words

any

or

sort

conjunctions

clauses, phrases
Some

them.
the

by

of

use

or

ordinate
co-

mentary
supple-

conjunctions..

correlative

called

of

Coordinate

between

relation

coordinate

subject

element

coordinate

connect

to

equal importance

compound

predicate.

or

Coordinate

Such

sentence.

compound

of

equal

sentence

clauses.

phrases

constitute

predicate or

subject

the

in

phrases may

compound

and

is

sentence

coordinate

more

or

identical

and

serve

phrases are

and

in

one

principaland

of

clauses

are

sentence.

which

and

principalstatement

one

clauses

Coordinate

words

GRAMMAR

ENGLISH

clauses.

dependent
rank

BRIEF

DEFINITIONS

clause

is

member

its

predicateof
A

subordinate

An

clause

noun

is

having

sentence

subject

and

own.

clause, is

the office of
A

of

clause

adjective clause

is

has

adjective,or

an

noun,

which

clause

that

the

has

an

the

in

sentence

adverb.

office of

noun.

clause

that

has

the

office

of

an

clause

that

has

the

office

of

an

adjective.
An

adverb

clause

is

adverb.
A

simple

sentence

without
A

complex

Coordinate
in the

compound
or

moje

one

clauses

that

one

subordinate
is

sentence

and

is

or
are

contains

with

subordinate

more

clauses

ment,
principalstate-

one

ment
principalstate-

clauses.

sentence

one

of

clauses.

principaland

equal rank

sentence.
sentence

coordinate

is

sentence

clauses.

which

contains

two

ENGLISH

BRIEF

82

GRAMMAR

EXERCISES

A.

Find

in

readinga

are

Find

complex

adverb

of adverb

uses

C.

Find

clause.

the

Name

whether

each

kind

clause,

containing an
the various
illustrating
one

sentences

of clause

explain
is

sentence

Benedict

1. That

clause.

noun
noun

taining
con-

clauses.

and

sentences

several

you

clause, one

containing

sentence

book

some

containing a

one

adjective clause, and

an

in

or

adverb

containing an

sentence

containing

one

compositions

adjectiveclause,and

an

B.

of your

one

found

in each

ing
of the follow-

in

the

sentence,

or

compound:

its office

simple, complex,

Arnold

was

traitor is

fact

tell

in American

history.
2.

I shall

3.

What

4.

If you

5.

Although

forgetthe

never

kindness

that

have

you

showed

me.

I do
have
he

captain still rode

6.

Unless

knowest

thou

knife, I will buy

lost your
had
at

been

the

now.^

not

another.

you

the brave

desperatelywounded,

head

of his company.

arrive

reinforcements

soon,

the

garrison

must

surrender.
7. There

was

capitulationwas
the

We

of

the

of surrender

terms

9.

determined

conference

8.

longer

no

fought

of

relief; therefore

upon.

generals

might

because

hope

any

we

be

was

held

order

in

that

fixed.

believed

in the

justiceof

our

cause.

10.

While

11.

The

men
man

slept an
who

enemy
makes

never

and

came

mistakes

sowed

tares.

never

makes

anything.
12.

of

Yea, though I walk

death, I will fear

no

through

the

valley of

the shadow

evil.^
"

Bible.

THE

13.

Our

14.

That
I

old

thee

is well

16.

I pray

17.

When

18.

That

19.

When

moon

light we

me

when

shone

we

is

see

the

elements.

following

State
between

1.

I make

2.

Time

the

Both

great and

3.

fast, but

4.

Will

5.

You

ran

lend

you

candle.*

the

see

hall.*

must,"

can."^

pick

coordinate

the

out

indicates

conjunction

to

as

the

it connects.

trims

mother

hats.

my

all,
small.'
could
me

catch

not

and

pen

either

can

it.^

in my

dresses, but my

down

cuts

not

"Thou

elements

own

my

did

sentences

each

what

terday.
yes-

again.

meet

we

low

us

spirits,

our

ask

thou

burning

duty whispers

of

see

satisfied.^

is well

youth replies''I

In

relation

that

to

carae

difference

life before

thy

know

you,

83

Smith,

the

see

paid

the

The
D.

shalt

pardon

He

Jacob

gardener,

thou

15.

CLAUSE

the

mow

Ray

and

Tom.

ink?
lot

now

wait

or

until

next

""eek.
Render

6.

God

unto

the

7.

Ye

8.

Neither

9.

Thy

11.

Without
and

German

and

Emerson:

'

New

Bible.

lender

be.'^

me.*

only surprised but

any

knowledge

in New

of

Venice.

Voluntaries.

England

not

Primer*

ten

of

dollars

York.

Caesar's, but

mammon.*

was

only

are

God's.*
and

nor

that

staff comfort

with

Merchant

The

are

things

thy

landed

the

God

serve

borrower

rod

Richard

things that
not

can

10.

friends

Caesar

imto

indignant.

English, with
in his

no

influential

pocket, this

young

84

Mansfield

12.

and

Fox
The

13.

be

citizen of the
from

other

lands, but
and

he

that

But, above

kind

conformity

14.

wise

Not

15.

E,

In

failure

had

have

St. Paul's

much

whole

coordinate

hold; and

been

had

"

Bible.

"

Lowell:

"

by

and

had

that

companion,

Chatham

(second

For

an

and

speech),

Istand,

the
had

the

the

Redruth

which

Autograph.

Treasure

and

and

after-part

on

the

port

captain,Mr.

squire
I

enlarged

to

were

to

were

captain were
been

berths

only joined to

was

sparred passage

six

the

been

of cabins

Now

Arrow

conjunction.

overhauled;

originallymeant

Mr.

of sentences,

explain

been

this set

Of Goodness.

8tevenflo":

is

son

clauses, and

of what

out

six berths.

in the

Bacon:

foolish

the

subordinate

and

forecastle

them,

Macaulay:

but

clauses,

these

subordinate

occupy

"

and

nature,

and
of

members

astern,

It had

deck

he

salvation

the

for

the kinds

note

Hunter, Joyce, the doctor,

on

benefits,it

is crime.*

aim

coordinate

made

main

of

is

perfection,that

glad father;

Arrow,

two

If he

their trash.

not

divine

off

that his mind

and

Christ himself.^

schooner

galleyand

side.

of

is

cut

them.

for small

Christ

from

low

but

compound

been

of the
the

minds,

with

between

of each

The

thankful

be

followingpassage'

distinguish

use

joinsto

that

man

that he

island

no

of his mother.''

the

the

is

men's

maketh

son

the heaviness

the

he

anathema

be

to

If

many.

offenses,it shows

brethren, it shows

of

note

weighs

are

his heart

continent

remits

all, if he

wish

of his

that

Wilberforce.^

strangers, it shows

to

If
injuries.

planted above

would

courteous

world, and

easilypardons
shows

signs of goodness

Pitt

William

second

and

Canning

and

parts and

gracious and

the

there, and

rests

Grattan

and

GRAMMAR

ENGLISH

BRIEF

to
on

get

sleep
each

CLAUSE

THE

side

till

Very

low

it

still, of

was

hammocks,

two

and

had
We

berths,
with

the

long

not

were

all

when

them,

the

only

hard

at

last
off

of

his

work,
man

in

had

for,

was

seemed

mate

guess;

it

there

perhaps,

benefit

the

came

is

called
but

course;

he,

that

but

crew,

have

even

Even

arrangement.
the

almost

might

you

85

to

room

pleased

swing

with

the

doubtful

been

as

round-house.

shall

you

as

to

hear,

we

and

the

opinion.
the

changing
or

shore-boat.

two,

and

powder
Long

John

along

CHAPTER

THE

69.

EIGHT

Definitions.

distinguished,
the

VERB,

the

the

is

into

its constituent

When

this

PREDICATE

subject

which

the

representing
named

thing

what

which

affirms

which

word
is

word
or

brevity
a

noun.

is

which

the

subject

avoid
preposition

phrase,

and

of

class.

repetition, may
is

indicating
86

word
how

is

verb

the
class

word

is
An

noun.

of
is

be

their

into

adjective

meaning

cate
predi-

the

either

names

An

pronoun

and

speech except

of

of

or

person

analyzed

when

which

predicate

the

about

the
whom

about

the

The

word

sentence,

us

parts

the

the

thing

or

the

not

and

subject

tells

meaning

modifies
adverb.

in

existence.

or

modifies

to

member
action

another
or

all

noun

individual

an

subject.

disclose
A

interjection.
or

the

sentence

felt,

the

somathing,

us

it.

aspects.

place,

parts of speech, but

they

elements

the

by
not

are

tells

sentence

about

vaguely

or

person

of

state

thought

or

elements

the

representing

as

which

given

somewhat

take

as

appear

about

elements

does

analysis

considered

have

exclamation,

idea

things

the

interjectiox.

we

single-word

of

the

noux,

PROXOUN,

the

which

feeling

the

the
and

ordinarily

as

are

ADVERB,

definite

state

They

speech

or

than

represents

analyzed

or

of

speaker's

rather

speech,

coxJUNCTiON,

parts

the

things,

the

the

ixterjectiox,

expresses

It

the

SPEECH

of

eight.

ADJECTIVE,

first of

The

parts

number

PREPOSITION,

OF

PARTS

The

"

VI

used

verb,

in

tive,
adjec-

which,
the

introducing
this

adverb

an

word

phrase

place

for
of

tional
preposi-

defines

the

PARTS

THE

of

the

connecting

word

and

either

meaning
words

70.
of

be

may
as

the

subject

For

and

the

predicate,killed

its direct

object,and

entire

care

the

as

as

the

in

verb

has

killed

of

been

cat,"

subject, killed

the

as

process

divisions

the

"Care

article

an

sentence.

in the sentence

sentence,

clauses, phrases,

analysisis

word

analyzed by naming

the

of

to the

or

is

conjunction

predicate and

every

example

Sentence

"

87

relation

another

one

Analysis.

the

explained.

as

to

until the office of

each

modifies.

it

showing

Sentence

naming

cat

word

SPEECH

OF

the

predicate,cat

modifying

cat,

DEFINITIONS.

The

Parts

of

Speech
such

sentences,
Sentence

as

noun,

is the

Analysis

kinds

the

are

pronoun,

of

process

of

words

verb,

etc.

in

used

separating a

sentence

into its elements.

QUESTIONS
each

Define

the

of

parts of

speech.

What

is sentence

analysis?
EXERCISES

Analyze
each

is

Blessed

From
Her
Was
3.

in all
4.

the

following

simple, complex,

1. The

2.

of

each

the
hair

that

yellow

Every

bar

that

man

leaned

whether

out

of Heaven.^

lay along
like

State

compound.

or

Damosel

gold

sentences.

ripe

back

her

corn.^

striveth

for the

mastery is temperate

things.^
Her

presence

faint witchery

Rossetti:

Bible.

"Hawthorne:

The

to

the

Blessed

The

House

imparted
whole

an

indescribable

edifice.^

Damosel.

of the

Seven

Gables^

grace

and

88

has

ENGLISH

BRIEF

GRAMMAR

generation which
disappeared.^

5.

The

6.

be

it may
7.

book

When

the hounds

With
A

words
9.

Mr.

and

or

errors,

winter's

on

traces,

plain.

or

rippleof

tumeth

rain.^
but

wrath;

away

grievous

anger.*
D.

Andrew

to-day

This

him

windy places

leaves

answer

stir up

will sail
10.

lisp of

soft

spring are

and

shadows

Fills the

of

numerous

months, in meadow

of

mother

memorial

singleabsurdity.^

of

that

with

amusing

dull without

very

The

8.

be

may

reared

White,

der

cock

the

night, before

minister

new

Friedrich

the

on

our

Germany,

to

Grosse.
thou

crow,

slialt

deny

with

gold

me

thrice.*
11.

Rough
Men

the

are

climb

steps

to

Down

which

12.

Where

is it now,

13.

The
Where

14.

15.

All

things, both
thou

they

Swinburne:

Atalanta

Bible.
The

Wordsworth

"f

Scott

The

"Coleridge:
KtaeTson:

who

and

offer

Vicar

small.*
birds

left it

giftsafter

Washers
:

Intimations

Lady
The

of the
Ancient

Forbearance.

without

his

sky, that

(advertisement).

Shroud.

of Immortality.
Lake.
Mariner.

'"Emerson:

gun?

will,

Calydon.

of the

its stalk?'*'

on

essay).

of Wakefield
in

rillJ

best

loveth

rose

dream?*

Monan's

on

all the

(second

"Lowell:

moon

the

his fill

kingdoms, stars, and

The

drunk

great and

wild

^Goldsmith:

best

Chatham

^Macaulay:

had

named

the

each

To

glory and

mock.**

eternal

to

the

the

prayeth

Bread,

eve

He

Hast

stumble

they

danced

Loved
16.

at

stag

by; slipperythose

power

Days.

holds

them

all.*"

III

PART

THE

MODIFICATKJNS

THE

OF

PARTS

CHAPTER

THE

71.

DECLENSION

nouns,

or

But

of

these

the

word

words

certain

of

know

that

the

male

like

manner

show

other

thus
and

time;

from

that

attributed

These

parts
these

to

and

of

changes
the

which,

in

In

simply

similar

speech

Saxon,

be

the

or

degree,
Greek

of

if

it

in the

form

words,

when

the

the

of

form

one

of

verb

dicating
in-

talk

past,

certain

ental
ori-

quite

fonn

different

by

pronounced

were

to

in

collection, the

beauty

In

sheep.

place
of

we

handsome.

to

now

modern

in

rug

in

changes

are

we

Greek,
some

the

to

the

took

the

degree

ing
mean-

shepherdess,

herder

speak
in

one

the

Thus

to

talked

phrases,

modifying

changed,

may

handsomest

which

change

any

be

may

words,

meaning.

form

we

adjective indicating

speaker

of

represented

of the

the

female

the

use

action

the

as

in

of

meaning

adverbs

way

use

also

has

the

may

present,

and

modified.

in

the

modifying

only

the

PRONOUNS

that

sJiepherd changes

and

the

rug

be

meaning

we

that
in

not

the

changes

word

the

form

of

use

itself,without

indicate

may

found

is not

may

AND

adjectives,

the

by

this

NOUNS

have

verbs,

definite

more

clauses.

of

We

"

pronouns,

made

Vn

OF

Inflection.

SPEECH

OF

study.

English
the
our

the

than

Latin

90

We

of

shall

existed

language,

mc^dem

language,

form

speech
for

the

principal

find
in
from

has

example,

of

fewer

the

Angloeach

been
the

of
rived.
de-

word

Tin:

corresponding
of

had

meaning ship,

nau^y

the

In

the

in

word

scipywith

the

form

one

shows

the

of

actuallytake place, but

possible,has

as

We

in

of

out

language
stand

in

be

to

arbitrary and

not

without

the

have

previouslystudied, back

modern

For

instance,
which
did

speech,

principal

of the

from

corresponding
pass

out

meaning

for

which

forms,

the

writers

language.

to

modifying words, phrases,

not

speaker

the

common

forms

These

to

forms:

our

by

but
significance,

like

the

arisen

in

recognized.

forms.

by precise

tending

as

differences

the

when

cease

and

meaning,

made

different

parts of speech in English as having

differences

of

our

lost from

the

six

verb

the

only thought

be

Anglo-

subjunctive mood,

frequently
to

office

or

four

disappear.

the

gone

then, study

must,

Furthermore,

forms

or

had

but

to

was

almost

although protests are

againstpermitting it

English

represented by

action

meaning

has

verb, called

the

that

Old

01

different

ten

the

ship

tend

inflections

some

PRONOUNS

meaning,

word

the

in

same

ship, ships, ship's,ships\

speech

than

The

sentence.

English

modem

less

no

slightdifferences

to

word

Saxon

AND

NOUNS

OF

DECLENSION

idea

are

be

may

of

they

moreover,

clauses

or

of the

traced,

which

we

the sentence

as

whole.
The

by

process

form

to

indicate

is called

simply
The

inflection

apd

pronouns

which

different

72.

Number:
When

Nouns.

"

oaken

bucket

the

"

bending,"

and

We

beginning
The
one

that

hangs

or

in

in the

meaning

that

conjugation,

of

adjectives
each

tence
sen-

tion
deriva-

in

change

any

of

by

in

and

varietyof

form.
nouns

verbs
adtion
inflec-

declension.

Singular
hears

is modified

functions

or

shall discuss
with

speech

word

that

declension,

of

thus

is called

of verbs

COMPARISON.

in turn,

meanings

inflection

*'

part

any

the

and

reads

the
the

well,"

Plural

words,
the

Number

in

"The

old

adjective modi-

92

fiers of
his

the

mind

common

or

or

thousand.

one

musicians

assures

class it

of the

When
it is said

stands

noun

the

of

of

73.

singular

and

ends

in
of

cases

"

ten,

or

''Many great
that

it represented

musicians, but
the

two

sentence

same

member

one

member

the

of

its

same

class,

second

be

to

first

in the

the

singular number;

the

in

class,

the

bucket

word

the

of

of

when

member

one

men

of

of

Form

only

to

it,but adds

of the

Plural.

the

sentence

when

Thus

we

are

of the

When

an

s,

for

or

the
a

the

Plural:

singular

similar

sound,

plural

difficult to pronounce

would

most

class, has

it refers

to

the

have

cases
no

than

more

tree,

nouns

singular number,

the

in

In

"

of its

member

one

an

class.

Irregular Forms

Sound.

it

musicians

than

one

trees, tables,friends,tempers, in the

two,

know

number;

noun

table, friend, temper,

74.

that

noun

more

only

Thus
a

it refers

member

one

is

Kegular

end

when

pluralnumber.

the

The

the

for

NUMBER.

when

noun,

for

than

more

musicians

nouns

at

for

quoted

words

it stands

the

to

know

to

sentence,

in

men

the

of

PLURAL

sentence

the

class of

word

stands

be

to

of the

belongs
we

not

should

we

it

names.

noun

of the

men,"

The

also, that

us,

if

anything more

sentence

any
"

bucket,

noun

this:

only

even

rest

member

one

members.

more

or

class

Moreover,
the

in

its class.

of

the

that

Only

bucket

of the

lived to be old
not

others

it tell

than

sentence

word

separated from

were

all

in

discriminated

merely

"buckets"?

member

to

the

the

see

refers
a

from

adjectivemodifiers,could

subject of

hear

we

have

consider

should

thingscalled

class of

hurhet

noun

we

its

apart from
the

GRAMMAR

particular bucket

If, however,

about

ENGLISH

BRIEF

form
as

ss,

and

plural number.
Nouns
of

any

ch, sh,

produce

in

Ending

already

noun

x,

z,

an

the

word

(as marclis,disks, axs),

tion
addi-

in

some

in

other

DECLENSION

THE

OF

the

impossible to distinguishby

cases

(as gasSy

form

PR0N0U)VS

AND

NOUNS

sound

93

the

from

gular
sin-

therefore,
topazs). Such nouns,
their plurals by adding to the singular not
s
merely,
making another syllable. So, instead of the
eSy thus

form
but

forms

plural

in

grasss,

written

matcheSy dishes, axes,

75.

Noons

above,

have

we

gases

grasses,

topazes.
f

in

Ending

fe.

or

of

Nouns

"

Anglo-Saxon

originwhose singularform ends in / or fe,form their plurals

by changing f to v and adding s or es (the e not pronounced).
A list of nouns
thus forming their pluralsfollows :
beef

beeves

leaf

leaves

shelf

shelves

calf

calves

life

lives

thief

thieves

elf

elves

loaf

loaves

wife

wives

half

halves

self

selves

wolf

wolves

knife

knives

sheaf

All other
their

plurals in

exception

whose

nouns

of

the

the

singular ends

regular

fashion

wharf,

plurals either regularlyby adding

Thus

the

plural of wharf

be

may

either

"The

attended

old

heavilyon
76.
Nouns
a

staffs"; but "The

which

with

form

the

their

or

wharves;

usually

staves,

ves.

with

generals rode

up

stood, leaning

men

their staves.''

Nonns
whose

consonant,

in

Ending

y,

singular form

change

Preceded

ends

obloquy form

their

the y to ie when

pluralsin

being equivalent to
form

make
valley,

ends

their

in

by

in the

of
the plural forms
plural. Thus
destinies.
destiny,are cities,
fairies,

qu

s,

wharfs

plural of staff either staffsor

different meaning.
One
would
say,
their

form

sound

irregularlyin

or

s,

the

by

an

by adding

staffand

nouns

in

letter y

the

preceded by

preceded by
to

form

the

city, fairy,

words,
like

Words

consonant.

Consonant."

is added

this way

and
soliloquy
(soliloquies,
obloquies),
All

whose

nouns

vowel,

as

pluralsregularly
by adding s.

gular
sin-

joy,play,

94

Nouns

77.

singularis
commonest

Note

both

plurals of

sopranos

cantos

mementos

solos

chromos

mosquitos

trios

contraltos

octavos

tyros

dominos

pianos

virtuosos

dynamos

porticos
es.

buffaloes

heroes

potatoes

cargoes

innuendoes

tomatoes

desperadoes

negroes

volcanoes

to

the

q's,5's

and

Some

used
the

as

they

nouns,

but

and

Vs
7'.?,
of

and

of the

was

noun

consistingof

one

another

was
syllable),

singularform.
stillused

way,

Both

in modern

thus formed

in a religious sense,

the

this

plural by
is

the

usually separated

apostrophe, as

an

Origin.
"

of

way

syllableen

In

the Old

indicatingthe
to

the

singular

(applyingespeciallyto

nouns

by changing the

found

these

methods

English for

in the older

brothers

become

's.

"

Anglo-Saxon

by adding

letters, figures,

When

"

sign by

letter,figure,or

Anglo-Saxon language, one

plural number

pluralsw^ere

Signs.

singularform,

Nouns

English or

pluralare

and

Figures,

signs are
of

the

classes:

provisos

from

Used

for

es

halos

addition

of

of the

cameos

Letters,

the

add

however,

o,

Some

grottos

or

in

plural.

banjos

78.

form

final letter in the

s,

(J))By adding

79.

in

following lists

the

the

form

to

whose

Nouns

"

ending

(a) By adding

ps

o.

usuallyadd

nouns

plural.

in

Ending
o,

GRAMMAR

ENGLISH

BRIEF

of
few

language.

vowel

making

whose

nouns

For

the

instance

being tbe ordinary plural.

THE

80.

DECLENSION

Foreign
derived

nouns

accordingto

OF

Nouns

with

from

NOUNS

PRONOUNS

AND

Foreign Plurals.

^The

"

of

the

languages

followinp.

their

foreign languages, still form

the fashion

95

whence

plurals

they

were

derived.
Singular

Plural

alumna

alumnce

nebula

nebulce

alumnus

alumni

focus

foci

radius

radii

borcterium

bacteria

stratujn

strata

datum

data

matrix

matrices

phenomenon

phenomena

analysis

analyses

antithesis

antithefies

axis

axes

basis

bases
crises

ellipses

81.

oases

hypothesis

hypotheses

parenthesis

parentheses

thesis

theses

Foreign

Plurals.
time

OOMS

"

Nouns

Nouns

used

foreign,the

as

of

words

often

and

Foreign

foreign origin which

English

other

Both

with

have

have

been

two

English
for

some

plurals,one

English, for example:

Form

English

Form

Singular

Foreign

apex

apices

apexes

appendix

appendices

appendixes

automaton

automata

automatons

96

82.

Nouns

Sometimes
The
brother

cloth

BRIEF

with

Two
have

nouns

followingare

fish

GRAMMAR

of

Plurals
two

Meanings.

different

with

"

ings.
mean-

examples*

(by birth)

brethren

(by association,

cloths

Different

plurals

brothers

(of different

clothes
die

ENGLISH

as

in

religiousorganization)

kinds)

(garments)

dies

(for stamping)

dice

(for playing)

fishes (separate individuals)

fish (taken collectively)

genius

geniuses (persons

of

extraordinary

talent)

genii (spirits)
horse

(several animals)

horses

(cavalry)

horse
index

indexes
indices

penny

(in books)
(in algebra)

pennies (separate coins)

(taken collectively,used
pence
of

English money)

chiefly

in

speaking

98

EXGLISH

BRIEF

GRAMMAR

tilde,bick, righteousness,purify, temperance,

made

never

of

plural

materials, such

indicate

to

cholera, smallpox,
Some
in

meaning

The

and

mcUhematies

statics

civics

metaphysics

tidings

dynamics

neivs

economics

optics

example,

By

are:

bellows

is

States

hand,
be

Ho

have

r^arded

Singular
no

Form.

"

singular form.
which

expected, nouns
associated

almost

used

once

often

more

now

with

objects always

Often

these

plural. Among

politics^

other

"

are

hydraidics

Hoons

"

form

plural.
reallysingular

athletics^

might

as

in the

physics

plural form,
the

bronchitis,

as

ethics

United

as

invariablyas
singular.

Several
These

chiefly,

are

two

represent

or

derivation

as

a
a

plural.
singular

noun,

but

more

acting together; such,

or

now

used

wholly

in

on

nouns,

as:

used

luloid,
cel-

Aiaterial,as

amends

noun

85.

Names

pluralized,

same

diseases,

of

plural in

are
no

of the

usually found

not

are

have

form.

commonly

not

kinds

Names

which

nouns

shell,are

different

woolens.

woods, meats,

singular

as

steel, iron, gold, silver,mercury,

as

tortoise

aluminum,
unless

well

as

or

beauty,excellence,distance,perfection,

plural, though

have

seldom

are

plural

for

DECLENSION

THb

86.

The

the

become

to

familiar

so

its

is added

to it to

the

form

words

have

Thus

is

noun

ceased

singleword

the

weels, cupfids, handfuls, spoonfuls. When

with

noun

plural sign;

chiefs, hangers-on, bystanders,

the

words

modifying

the

usually given

of

compound

pluralsof

forget-me-nots,good-for-nothings,
ne

spoonful, are
of

end

ful,
er-do-weel, cupfiU, hand-

ne
forget-me-notygood-for-nothing,

consists

the

the

regarded as

plural.

compound

to

When

separate
is

"

99

significantword

most

stand.

to

that

Plural.

sometimes

the

separate, the compound

seem

and

plural
to

chance

may

PRONOUNS.

AND

of the

Sign

sometimes

that

wherever

NOUNS

of the

sign

compound,

has

of the

Position

aflSxes the

noun

OF

er-do-

compound

phrases,

or

the

pocket-liandker-

as,

men-of-war,

sermng-men,

aides-de-camp,commanders-in-chief,
fathers-inknights-errant,
law, bills-of-fare.
like

Compouuds
follows

the

regarded
the

to

last, however,

these
often

noun,

indivisible,

as

last

and

thus,

word;

become

in

the

familiar

so

the

which

of

sign

the

adjective

that

they

plural

is

are

affixed

court-martials, father-in-

aide-de-camps,

laws, knight-errants.
Some

plural,

men-servants,

as

Compound
and

Jordan,

the Miss

nouns,

usually give

Jordans

Number

in

have
and

the

Thus

speaker*

is /

Blokes

of the

they
the
in

are

Pronouns.
a

plural

in many
pronoun

singular,we

surname

title;thus, the

plural forms

occasionally met.
"

Pronouns,
The

number.

personal pronouns

personal
the

of

the

to

are

both

knights-templars.

Blake, though the

singular and

plural forms

make

nouns,

up

plural sign

Personal

distinguished,since
words.

the

the Mr.

and

two

made

are

Messrs.

the

of

women-servants,

which

nouns

title

Misses

87.

consisting

compounds,

are

like
gular
sin-

readily

ent
entirelydiffer-

cases

which
in the

represents

plural. That

100

English

BRIEF

which

represents the

in the

singular,ycm

and

ye

but

have

been

in

in

both

for

serves

The

forms

devotional

singular

and

thou

language,

conversation

common

thou

formerly

was

plural.

poetic and

displaced

yoiij which

form

in the

or

ye

still found

arc

s[)oken to^

person
or

grammar

th(;

by

plural.

The;

which

represents the person or thing spoken of is

the singular he, she, or it,in the plural tliey.

pronoun
in

When

the

personal
with

them

their form

change

the

selj,both

noun

in the

intensified

are

pronouns

the

herself

["

itself

in the
89.

The

for

Nouns:

in

the

than
for

the

while

woman,
a

man

i^ee 118,

was

not

at

meant.

tlmt, have

that

bers.
num-

become

only

noun

is of

noun

sheep spoken

noun

were

der.
Gen-

without

even

whether

this person

of

Feminine

it occurs,

which

instance, the

if the

and

the class it names,

person,

tender

what,

plural

this and

Masculine

in

decide

For

the

singular and

looking

or

of

and

/lo,which, wliat, and

pronouns

sentence

one

sex.

that

once

to

who, which

those.

Gender

it stands

11;

the

both

and

more

female

"

demonstrative

able

that

pronouns

plural these

to

themselves

interrogative
pronouns

By hearing

"

yourselves

Interrogative, Eelative, and Demonstrative

in

The

or

form

same

yourself

himself

the relative

and

noun

ourselves

thyselfor

"

and

pronoun

PLURAL

myself

Pronouns.

pounding
com-

plural, thus:

SINGULAR

88. Number

by

we

are

it stands
but

also

the

male

times
some-

for

sJiepherdwe

one

whether, if
or

shepherdesstells
of in the

erence
ref-

sentence

should

of the
at

us

is
know

DECLENSION

THE

the

In
column

same

of

NOUNS

OF

know

we

way

that the

refer

list below

the

refer to

right-handcolumn

AND

to

PRONOUNS

lOl

in the

left-hand

nouns

while

men

those

women.

administrator

Such

changes

is of the male

named
in

GENDER.

of the

male

for

of the

the

called

are

or

person

masculine

or

person

whether

sex,

for

administratrix*'

changes
animal

an

gender;

animal

an

person

of

the

female

gender.

feminine

Masculine

stands
be

is said to

stands

of the

words

which

indicate
female

of the

or

noun

sex

which

noun

sex,

these, which

as

in the

feminine

and

gender

prefixed or appended

MASCULINE

to

often

are

in the

as

nouns,

by

following:

MASCULINE

FEMININE

shown

FEMININE

manservant

maid-servant

salesman

saleswoman

cock-sparrow

hen-sparrow

bull-elephant

cow-elephant

peacock

peahen

guinea-cock

guinea-hen

he-goat

she-goat

tom-cat

tabby-cat

Masculine

the

by
the
1

male
The

ster,

finally
that

for the

feminine

termination

also

may

of

members
English

indicating
class

gender

entirely different

Old

in

spinster,

stand

to

the

songster
in

now

of

use

the female

and

word

as

feminine

and

of

singers
ess

had

meant

female
as

to

be

to

of

then

whole,

to

syllable

(the

class)

the
for

indicate

class,thus:

singer

woman

member

added

words

certain

guished
distin-

be

but

came

man-singer,
the

distinguish

so

woman

singer.
*

From

the

French.

applying

nouns
3

only
*

women

Of
to

only

Italian
women

Derived
end

Ine
to

from

in ix.

in

the

found

as

the

final syllable of

many

French

women.

origin.
end

is

Many

Italian

and

Spanish

nouns

applying

a.

Latin

language.

Several

Latin

noujis

applying

only

to

102

Man

BRIEF

ENGLISH

feminine

becomes

GRAMMAR

by prefixingthe

wife

(originally
wij) meaning

syllable

wo

female.

or

90.
that

Neater

Gender
classes

certain

and

Common

Gender.

things, like apples, books,

of

treaties, disappointments,have
the

nouns

nor

of the

NEUTER
*^

represent them

which

feminine

neither y

word

the

Most

Some,

however,

for classes

stand

of

are

of

of the sentence,
the

is not

sentence,
is of

servant

members
91.

Gender

gines,
en-

said

hence

be

to

Latin

the

English language

of
for

of the

are

the male

sex,

either

are

the

the

she

it

male

use

of different

person

say

that the

personalpronoim

the

meaning

as

it stands.

noun

represents

class, the

for
female

and

pronouns

dicate
in-

for the different

words

the

7, you, we,
thing of neither sex.
of either
to
indiscriminately
persons
a

to

be

beyond price,"the

stands
of

might

sex

Personal

"

he

is, they

female.

or

Pronouns.

the
is

servant

pronoun

for

whose

importance

no

gender;

common

by
chiefly

of

that

gender,

distinguishedby

in Personal

genders. Thus,

should

steam

masculine

of the
are

animals

or

faithful

"A

of which

sex

for

plain

and

sex,

being

common

persons

distinguished,but, being

noun

the

is

gender.

neuter

In

nouns

neutev

in

nouns

no

neither

are

Such

gender.

GENDER,

It

"

lie is of

and

sex,

ilieyare

sex.

of

person

it

applied

Therefore

we

the masculine

THE

they of

and

she, as

feminine

or

Gender

relative

whaf

cither

who^

the

the

for

stands

third

in Pronouns.

This

itself.

by

in

the

below

meant,

the

of the
of

is

the

which^

whci^
and
whaf

thaf

in any

pronoun
be the

of

is

the

pronoun

the

is

forms

thing spoken

or

person

is

addressed

of

one

pronoun

clearly

the forms

of

one

the person

takes

of.*

personal pronoun

takes

When

the

in

some

spoken

is

the

and

ing,
speak-

speaker, or

difference

is meant,

personal

is

of the pronoun

meaning

When

sentence

who

one

the

by

pronoun,

PERSON.

the

^The

"

and

pronoun

either, who

that head.

personal

meant,

must

person

first

under

SECOND

When

from

speaker

is said to be of the

grouped

culine
mas-

which^

pronouns

relative

corresponding

When

relative

the

"

different

difference

indicated

the

of

nouns

interrogativepronoun

is addressed

who

one

person,

the

that person

person,

the

or

common

gender.

neuter

or

the

gender,

neuter

Person

into

of

nouns

interrogativepronouns

common

93.

them

he and

pronouns

Interrogative Pronouns.

and

gender,

common

of

arc

and

in Eelative

and

with

/, yoUj

gender.

pronoun

of

are

transform

to

serve

used

103

the neuter,

The

gender.

common

noted,* when

have

we

gender,
92.

the

PRONOUNS

AND

gender,it of

of the feminine

gender, she
we,

N'OUNS

OF

DECLENSION

of

the

third

PERSON.

PERSON

FIRST

I, my

or

mine,

SECOND

PEARSON

thou, thy

me.

you,

THIRD

thine,

or

PERSON

she, hers,

he, his, him,

her,

yours.

it, its,

they,

their, them.
The
person

the

relative
as

is the

sentence,

first person;
i$89.

"I
in

^"60.

who

pronouns
noun

who

the

or

speak

to

"O

*"18.

that
to

pronoun

sentence,
"S20,

and

you

thou

are

which
am

the

of

they

refer.

he," who
that

same

hearest

In

is of the
prayer,

104

BRIEF

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

thee

unto

shall

in the

person;

with

speak

relative

all flesh

the

which

94.

Person

indicate

in

have

third.

second

or

in

old

friend, to let

95.
of

Case.

of my

compulsory

Matty

had

the

on

to

be

dreaming

in

her

In

uneasy

the
are

of her

and

man's

of the

first

second
of her
you,

matter," the
persons

nouns

tively.
respec-

indicate

been

class

their office in
candle

omy
econ-

much

very

tired

holiday,'especially
as
I did

like to

not

her,
with

myself

early life,for

she

stir the

I could

so

not

Miss

fire,
sit

even

sewing by firelight,
cording
ac-

I fancied

custom.

sleep, bearing

the

''I beseech

that this

I had

are

usually

illustrates another

remember

me.

they

of the

or

second

to

to

spoke

reference

to

Miss
one

Matty
or

persons

two

must

words,

who

were

long before."'

dead

me

usual

my

first and

awakening

scorch

and

rug

'blind

risk of

the

run

first

in this

of pronouns

night I

in form

"I, the loyalservant

you

of the

pronouns

name,"

asleep, and

fallen

are

do, however,

persons,

of the

serve

me

particularlyannoyed

and

three

following passage

*'One

sentence:

be

in her

in the form

changes

the

The

"

what,

hence

They

person.

sentences,

friendare

and

servant

strative
demon-

speaking, the

spoken of;

these

they

majesty, challenge you

my

and

person

with
apposition^

can

in the

Thus

person.

the

for

for

of

one

when

person

Tho

person.

changed

not

are

the person

or

refer to

Only

stand

inflection

no

meaning

Nouns

"

they

spoken to,
to

which

to

person.

Nouns.

in

whether

person

said

third

able

interrogativeand

this, that, who,

pronouns,
of the

the

second

were

third

is of the

and

the

remained

who

lecturer," who

pronoun

always

"Those

sentence,

tJiat is of

come,"^

Bible.

foregoing passage
immediately
2

"29.

the

referred
Mrs.

Gaskell:

three

by

the

Cran/ord.

I, my,

pronouns,
reader

to

the

and
same

BRIEF

lOfi

person

as

merely

the

kind

ENGLISH

function

in pronouns,

case

afraid,"
"

and

'

thou

in

it is the

sentence

because

it is in
thou

second

In

OF

The

is also

the

that

introducing

stole

quietly away.'*

tlirough

idea

an

it may

clause, When

to

in

with

glory,'"
all

flesh

nominative
sentence

in the nominative

noun

it is

because

indicatingthe

it is called

used

pronouns

the

it is

called

tive
nomina-

Cage.

"

objective

as

indirect

direct
her

and

Jier and

I would

she

hoped

come

to
The
3

me

and

have

noun

s533.

main

or

the

equivalent

of

object*
form

the

wish

in

the

pay

her

a
an

the

of

it

serves

verb,

"34.

"

"51.

as

when

or

adjectiveor
objectivecase

verb

is

pronoun

are

sentences,'^ *'We
you

could

sentence,*
a

visit next
offer

to

"She

"

Mrs.

Gaskell

in

The

wrote

Tuesday,

me

of

must

her.''

see

an

in the

seen

the

Merman.
*

but

sentence;

when

object of

something

Forsaken

asleep,
absolute

subject of

case

in

"I

as

fallen asleep.

the

the

as

fallen

now

of the

the

phrases

nominative

independent
as

in such

case

having

them

beg

Arnold:

"She

is here

them, I think," and

Bible.

not

verb, he ih the third

sentence

use

prepositionto
phrase.^ Illustrations

pronouns

'

of

nominative

logically

object^ or

pronouns

the

in

She

that

be

adverbial

the

exclamation

an

this last

Objective

it is used

bum

of

shall

is in

fourth

as

(or since) she had

The

direct

the

sentence,

regarded

be

said

I; be

King

thee

unto

left

ADDRESS.

pronoun

97.

is

verb, / in the second

person

addressed.

person

is the

apposition with

in

"She

"It

sea,"^

noun-complement

and

in the

used

the

prayer,

subject of

because

nominative

followingsentences:

of

sentence

addressed.

the

of

first sentence

the

the

person

uses

hosts, he

of

that hearest

the

case,

the

kings

Lord

She

because

case

of these

note

"The

come."*

each

the

lonely forever

indicating the

of

in

having

of exclamation,

illustrations of

As

GRAMMAR

Cranford.

to

when

way

of

amusement,'*
the

of

and

him

hear
in the

are

for and
and

to

form

to

The

be

in

noun

the

and

rod

and

of

"My

Thus

hook

her

party the party

my
a

the

of

double

noun

hair is gray

of

or

but

will

get him

book

origin

which

of

historical

Declension

well
a

to

persons,
make

have

Mrs.

*See

preposition

is said

pronoun
serves

with

an

as

years,"^ and
my
is

possessivepronoun
of the

formed
the

jective
ob-

preposition

Sometimes

me.

have

we

expressions, "This
head

"That

is

of his

sharp tongue

double

"How

of mine!"

trate
possessivesillus-

thoroughly

idiomatic

understood

only by

and
been

Gaskell

Kellner's

of the

Personal
forms

genders, and

table

DECLENSION,

be

them

(or belonging to) her,

These

different

has

pronoun
different

can

but

the prepositions

the

usage,

student

of

grammar.*

The

99.

gettingon?"

irregular

an

and

of

the

trouble."

into

with

me,"' the pronouns

great country of ours," "Oh, this poor

of yours

them

it

pronoun

in

as

pronouns

preposition.

not

The

(or given by)

possessive,

is that book

the

adjectivephrase

is the

could

with

or

they comfort

noun

"I

indicating possession. Thus

noun,

an

"No

phrases for

when

case.
possessive

usually equivalentto
case

"

and

used

used

object of

case

staff

thy

in the

thyare

of.

Case.

possessive

in the sentences,

thus

called the

Possessive

me," the

adverbial

pronoun

objects

sentences/

gone,"

because

107

indirect

the

am

to

the

form

or

adjectivemodifier

"Thy

talking so

to

phrase is

98.
to

me,

when

PRONOUNS

as

in

offer. And

objectivecase

to

AND

NOUNS

objective case

them

for

to

me

and

pay

care

bear

not

in the

are

verbs

will

one

OF

DECLENSION

THE

of these

the

Historical

Byron

Outlines,

indicate

forms.

Such
various

pronoun
:

The

of English

shall do

we

table

is called
of

forms
to

pp.

noun
pro-

have

of Chillon.

Syntax,

sonal
per-

in all the

case

is said

Prisoner

^The

"

hence

numbers;

all the

when

named,

Cranford.

to

Pronouns.

113-116.

been

Bible.

106

BRIEF

the declension

followingis

The

DECLINED.

GRAMMAR

ENGLISH

of the

personal

pronoun

FIRST

PERSON
PLURAL
we
ours

our,
us

PLURAL

you

ye,

yours

your,

you

THIRD

PERSON

SINGULAR

Masc.

PLURAL

Fem.

All

Neut.

genders

Nom.

he

she

it

they

Poss.

his

her, hers^

its

their, theirs^

Obj.

him

it

them

The

100.

her

of the

Declension

who

interrogative pronoun
third

of

person,

Mine

is used

and
him

invite
hatchet
mine

before

when

the

equivalent

"

with

my

either

of

omitted
me

in the

ours

Here

with

plural:
is

ours

Mine

is

"If

used

have
to

owr

do

to

cate
indi-

gloves?"

both

though

poetically
"What

thus,

to

you

equivalent

also

vowel,

his party,

to

the

singular or

these

equivalent

as

^The

of

noted/

dropped

invited

party.

beginning

nouns

He

ours."

to

"Who

is

noun

So

borrow

can

and

"

accordingly,changes only

say,

Thus,

noun.

mine."

to

you
was

my

the

we

have

we

gender,

common

when

as

case,

i^, as

Its form,

plural number.

Interrogative Pronouns.

the
I

sessive
pos-

didn't

lost

your

hatchet,

o.'i

instead

of

mine

eyes

behold?"
2

to

Thine

the

with

and

yours,

possessive
nouns

beginning

eyes."

"""88,

with

92, 93.

hers

and

its omitted

with

theirs,

Thine,

noun.

vowel,

mine

like

thus,

"

and
like

Drink

ours,

mine,
to

me

are

is used

only

equivalent
poetically
with

thine

DECLENSION

THE

"Whose

OF

and

image

109

"Whom

this?"

superscriptionis
POSS.

NOM.

did

The

We

may

"Of

form

what

101.

are

The

of the

Declension

know

you

whose

relative

The

relative

"

"Any

you

meet

may

and

your,

the

compounded

the

plural.

They

personal
chief

himself

used

to

Whose

(though

tence,'*That

have

historically

the

the

grammarians

\9 9" plant whose

they
Thus

(equivalent

to

ever
what-

have

may

hast," "Bid

ever
whom-

the

singular

possessive
protest)

as

to

form

do,"

thing
of

what,

equivalent
pan

declined.
noun

to

and

as,

"The
selves
your-

they

are

reflexively^

as

is frequently

of which,

remember."

or

"You

Sometimes
or

I never

with

emphasis;

of

what

loss

mij,

selves for

and

further

not

apposition
sake

pronoun,

him, her, it, them,

forms

are

person

name

the

soever,

or

personal

hesitated."

represent
is

some

in
the

at

was

would

of

compounds
for

pronoun

^When

"

ever

"You
thou

selffor

used

Forms.

The

declined.^

not

are

come

objective

noun

These

oftenest

are

the

pronoun.

feast."

the

to

this

have

uncompounded.

may

whatsoever

possessive forms

the

thy,

our,

"Sell

of

with

come"),

may

whom

if

tive
rela-

that," "Do

know

"

will

will

want,"

you

With

Whosoever

who

one

be

^The

"

"I

Compound

would

they

as

here?"

you

wrote

what

compounded

are

pronouns

read,

cases

of

Declension

declined

we

various

tliat,which, and

pronouns

102.

are

the

who

is?"

choose?"

interrogative who.

the

know

that

writing

believed," show

Pronouns.

changed
un-

sentence.

you

Relative

"I

following sentences,

do

brings

like

remain

in the

"What

is declined

who

what

"Which

it?"

began

and

function

their

speaking?"

you

pronoun

The

whatever

"Which

say,

whom

which

interrogativepronouns
in

OBJ.

whose

who

PRONOUNS

invite?"

you

is

AND

NOUNS

as

in the

used
sen:

110

acted
failure

in the

as

upon,

off from

avoid

the

myself

nor

103.

they

in

serve

or

indicate

to

night
the

the

the

had

nominative

right,"the

nominative

is

turn

noun

servant

church

is in the

case,

Paul.

noun

The

are

"O

independently in

used

God-giftedorgan
Milton,

Longfellow:

Bible.

*Tennysott:

The

MiUon.

name

Wreck

voice
to

of

resound

of the

In

had.

the
to

In

the

nominative

'

to

the

is in

the

the nominative

case

England,
for ages."

the

sentence,

Christ, sends
servant

tence,
sen-

it i.s

because

case

of harmonies,

Hespertis,

is in

wheel

address.

inventor

mighty-mouth'd

in the

are

noun

"Last

moon

noun

inventory voice, and

nouns

following lines

the

the

another

sentence,

appositionwith

it is in

because

the

is.

Jesus
^

nominative

they

Lord

our

subject,as

Fortune's

verb

the

of

when

independently

or

the

nominative

Ephesus greeting,"

at

the

of

of

turn

its

as

the verb

subjectof

sudden

^Nouns, like

"

case

case,

golden ring,"^

as

party'sarrival/'

Case.

In

ident
Pres-

the

apposition with

addressed.

noun-complement

"Paul,

in

the

used

ourselves

but

"Neither

clause

verb, in

case

"None

nominative

person

moon

"Luck

the

in

the
in

or

sonal
per-

and

Nominative
in

selves
them-

cut

sometimes

of the

informed

be

of

pronoun

the

succeeding,"and
The

my

partly,perhaps,
in
one-syllabledpronoun

sentences,

been

for

compound

are

of

to

noun-complement
noun

The

ourselves

of

sentence

had

the

had

said

are

pronouns,

"They

in

in Nouns:

Case

myself

quarter/'

and

jerky sound

dreamed

have

blame

partlyfor emphasis

we,

positions,as

would

that

myself

of I and

certain

"I

sentences,

help in

pronouns

to

GRAMMAR

investigatethis matter,"

to

instead

ENGLISH

BRIEF

Milton,
because

THE

DECLENSION

The

104.

they

verb, when

in

John

is the

object,

the

for, constitutes

an

''There

him,

silence

to

the

in the

or

in

is found

"We

in such

and

sentences

Henry

the

In

in

in

of

our

resting-place
with

double

noun

objective

elected

secretary,"

me

notify

to

one

first sentence

the

the

objective

are

both

in

sentences,
walked

apposition

of

the

committee

the

and

direct

preposition

resting-place

case.

noun

the

''We

enemy

In

both

and

with

committee

are

money

and

"They

as

election."

his

gavey

last

nouns

objective

secretary

second

the

because

appointed Henry

president of
ms

the

railway ticket,''the

phrase.

graveyard,

objective case,

pronoun

sentence,

enemy,"

benefactor,'' the

common
are

mine

the

in the

Thus

which,

adverbial

in

pronoun

constitute

the verb

noun

any

preposition,they

his

for

objective

objects of

or

noun

111

the

indirect

phrase.

object of

ticket

slew

in

are

or

with

money

indirect

and

with

adverbial

an

John

Nouns

"

PRONOUNS

AND

direct

as

when,

or

adjective or

/'I gave

serve

apposition

objectivecase,
an

NOUNS

Case.

Objective

when

CASE

OF

case,

the

in

the

words
in

the

objective

case.^
106.

The

is

case

Possessive

equivalent to
of the

case

the

function

of

in

right," is
man^s

in

It will
shows

is

the
be

any
forms

possessive

the

the

Thus

the

sudden

turn

in

"I

change

that
of

in

change

of the

and

sentence

Fortune's

of

jective
ob-

wheel

is also

only
the

the

to

the

/oe-

noun

possessive
and

singular

consists

the

tence,
sen-

steel."

foeman's

no

cates
indi-

the

in

Fortune's
as

nouns

In

possessive

formed

form, the nominative

identical.
this

fear

the

in

the

noun

possessive case,

noted

case,

noun

prepositionof. It performs

the

adjective

sentence,

being

"

adjective phrase
and

noun

an

possession.
"Luck

Case.

the

number

in

case

tive
objecof

adding

the
to

112

BRIEF

nominative

the

Old

In

English

used

indicates

pronounced, however,

whose

nominative

sound.

Thus,

the words

singular
though

the

letter

the

addition

's is added

form

ends

we

duchesses, foxes,churches.

writing

the

of
a

the

life,Hobbes'

Keats'

in

plural.
and

men

for Jesus'

as

Howells'

add

in

already end

as

the

novels,

entire

sign
In

sake, for conscience'

is still omitted

word

is

Thus

the

oxen

in

both

the

such

spelling

The

possessiveis

meeting of
than

In similar

is,made

the

and

inative
nom-

only the apostrophe

preciselylike

the

of the

oxen's, of the

nouns,

group

of

words,

as

The

of Crueltyto Children, the

added

to

the

less awkward

than

the
the

Chief Justice of the Supreme Court,

it is often

cases

Children's

's to

possessiveplural forms

Prevention

the

Emperor of Germany
Children

s, when

pronounced

of

consists

noun

any

Society for

sign of

by adding

men's

are

Emperor of Germany,

that

the

omit

nouns

spelled

were

aristocracies'.
aristocracies,
friends',

friendsand
When

the

and

nominative

the

they

Some

proper

possessivepluralis formed
plural unless that ends in

added,

in

hissing

any

pronunciation.

The

The

if

as

others
philosophy;'

sake, the possessivesign

nouns

or

noun

any

grass's, duchess's

apostrophe, thus,

phrases, such

old

few

is

is

possessive,thus, Howells's, Keats's, Hobbes's.

the

and

such

possessive of

adding only

s,

in

to

the

The

e.

an

possessive singular of

them

pronounce

grasses,

in

of the

when

the

es, and

was

the omission

write

we

preceded by

duchesSy fox, church,

grass,

fox's,church's,

GRAMMAR

form

singular

apostrophe.
apostrophe now
still

ENGLISH

the

to

Emperor

Society for
Society for

of

the

say

the visit

title; but

of Germany's

Prevention

the

the

end

Prevention

of the
visit,

of Crueltyto
of Cruelty to

meeting.
fashion, when
up

of two

or

any
more

possessivenoun
nouns,

which

is

compound,

taken

together

114

sound.

The
of

nouns

BRIEF

changes made

whence

each

English pluralforms

or

which

feminine

which
for

has

for

or

is

certain

prefixedor
if
do

by

so

the

Person
a

or

noun

spoken
and

to,

or

pronouns

the

actuallyrefer

one

addition

by

in
of

of words

use

the

of

use

nouns,
Pro-

sexes.

all, commonly

speaking,the

their

person

Both

of.

another

or

modify

classes,though only pronouns

might

indicatingwhether

thing spoken
to

the

at

distinction

or

person

it

words.

for the person

stands

sex,

gender

two

sex

one

stands

though

or

the

of

differences

grammatical

pronoun

class name,

of

something

which

one

by

indicate

to

for

form, by the

entirelydifferent

of

use

is

words

female

Feminine

masculine

the

animal

an

of the

is not,

gender;

stands

sex

the masculine

indicate

they

animal

word.

sex.

upon

masculine

gender.

to

ularly,
pluralsvery irreg-

or

gender;

whose

sign

the

word
significant

person

the

is

add

based

which

common

appended

entirely different

an

one

distinguished from

to
syllables

the

the

entirelydifferent

an

for

or

animal

an

be, distinguished,of
nouns

of

the neuter

of

sex,

of

foreign and

nouns

their

form

of

person

the

most

distinction

be

to

gender;

no

person

to the

or

stands

is said

sex

stands

the

of

which

the usage

to

both

pronouns

grammatical

pronoun

male

the

last

the substitution

by

is

The

in

pluralnumber

the

Compound

used
the

to

compound.

Gender

sometimes

are

pluraleither
often

noun

indicate

to

derived, though the English usage

is

followed, and

sometimes

of the

GRAMMAR

foreign origin usually conform

language

of the

ENGLISH

nouns

of these

form

to

three

indicate

this reference.
Case

in

and

nouns

indicatingwhether
direct

or

indirect

modifying

some

importance to

pronouns

they

noun,

these.

in

serve

objectof
or

The

is

the

grammatical

the

verb,

in other
nominative

sentence
as

as

distinction

subject,as

possessiveadjective

functions
case

subordinate
is that of

in
noun

THE

or

which

pronoun

subject of
which

nominative
the

indirect

as

The

phrase.
which

object,or

serves

possession.
forms
form

for

only

the

's to

the

changes

the

that

and

of

take

place

in
a

is any

Conjugation

is the

is the

Comparison
Number

is

Number,

terms

that

gender,
may

of words
oflSces
framed
secure

inflection

and
from

be

in the

relations
either

t"revityand

person,

used

form

of

are

point

or

of

to

indicate

pronouns.

terms

adverbs.

mood,

modes
the

eye

this
will

of
and

(1

one.

comparison

) the

offices

following
as

modes

are

and

by which

Definitions

ear.

Refined

or

than

more

inflection

the

noun

and

voice,
either

and
be

whether

thing or

or

signify

to

Tn

view.

uniformitythe

to

adjectives and

tense,

(2) the

indicated

der,
gen-

person,

word

and

nouns

of

indifferently

sentence

the

showing

case,

all

verbs.

person

case,

of

"

of

of

inflection

represents one

pronoun

ends

that

table

of inflection to indicate

mode

ber
plural num-

meaning.

or

is the inflection

ing
add-

by

declension.

in the

in its office

change

Declension

change

the

pronoun

DEFINITIONS

Inflection

in

indicate

it to

is called

number,

or

of

possessiveform

is added.

noim

any

their

change

plural,unless

nominative

cating
indi-

different

have

usually indicated

is

verb,

noun,

nouns

The

apostrophe

forms

different

the

but

cases,

of

pronoun

or

of

singular form;

'5 to the

only

noun

the

prepositional

pronouns

possessivecase.

nominative

by adding
in 5, when

three

the

singular number

in the

nouns

of

Most

the

indicate

to

in

adjective modifier

the

as

of

that

is

object of

element

is that

in the

called

being

direct

as

verb;

exclamation,

objective case

noun

possessivecase

of

an

last

the

as

pronoun

as

this

serves

the

as

clause

or

used

is

The

which

pronoun

noun

any

addressed,

address.

or

complement

noun

which

person
of

or

the

as

or

case;

nominative
noun

or

lllj

PRONOUNS

AND

sentence

apposition with

is in

naming

in

serves

verb

NOUNS

OF

DECLENSION

tions
relathese

may

be

chapters

to

of inflection,

116

The

plural number

the

is

Gender

gender

female

the neuter

and
Person

is

noun

or

first

person

second

person

Case
a

mode

noun

The

or

of

inflection

pronoun

to

nominative
the

case

appositionwith
case,

The

in
The

indirect
a

verb,

a
or

the

of

person

relation

sentence.

subject
noun

of

or

in

of

verb,

in

pronoun

the

nominative

address.

of

object

third

the

in the

pronoun

indicates

objective case
the

the

nominative

or

indicate

to

indicates

noun

to, the

the

of.

words

of

of.

speaking,

person

other

complement

noun

speaking,the

thing spoken

spoken

person

whether

person
or

the

thing spoken

or

person

is

the

either sex,

indicate

to

the person

indicates

feminine

sex.

inflection

or

the

sex,

The

sex.

gender

represents the

pronoun

spoken to,

person

the

of

male

common

neither

gender

mode

indicating

the

the

sex,

thing,

or

person

one.

inflection

of

gender indicates
the

one

than

more

mode

masculine

The

indicates

number

singular

GRAMMAR

ENGLISH

BRIEF

direct

verb,

the

or

of

object

verb,

element

noun

prepositional
phrase.

possessive
another

indicates

case

adjective relation

an

to

noun.

QUESTIONS
is the

What
of

When

nouns?

the

plural of

further

fullythe
the

What

by

nouns

is the

the

addition
than

of

by

letters and
their

form

have

two

of

the

forming

syllable added

extra

for all these

reasons

nouns

an

of

means

When

further

plural form

foreign

is

nouns?

than

changed

usual

most

in

plural

forming

pronunciation changed
When

s?

the

addition

changes.

How

signs? How,
plurals?

pluralforms

Give

with

is

the

of

sf

Give

do

you

write

in

ing
spell-

general,do
illustrations.

differentmean-

OF

DECLENSION

THE

nouns
ings? What
nouns
plural? What
no
singular? What

NOUNS

have

the

have

happens
sign of

the
is

of

Give

By

What

do

that

find

you

and

in

is meant

case

in both

the

in

into

Does

by
of

it exist
Name

neuter

common

masculine

in

nouns?

the different

is it indicated

is

the

sign

are

of

What

pronouns?

the

person

pronouns?
of

nouns

other

illustrations.

How

sentence

By

case?

In

if it

personal pronouns.

letter
and

no

How

or

of

sex

nouns

in their form?

case?

W^hat

have

is meant

may

pronouns?

by

nouns

pronouns

How

several

in the

that

case.

the

nouns?

What

transformed
Give

genders

pronouns?

in

means.

differences

by

In

or

be

know

you

in each

so

have

What

reallysingular in number,

gender?

common

gender?

Is it shown

What

nouns

is

singular

form?

abstract

indicated

of each

is person

persons

and

do

Where

be

sometimes

feminine

or

in

in compound
nouns?
pluralnumber
the
meant
by gender? How
may

illustrations

gender?

form

nouns

this
is

noun

sf

animal

an

gender

in

end

to

What
or

that

know

you

may

117

plural

abstract

PRONOUNS

same

no

What
plural form?
Explain why
plural form?
have

AND

the

possessive

offices of

indicated

possessive?

in nouns?

by
the

By

the

nouns
inative
nom-

objective?

EXERCISES

A,

Examine

carefullyeach
and

sentences,
its number

whether

is

the

plural form;

nouns

that form

their

can,

why they do

so.

both, and
1.
1

define

Heigh

Ingelow

if

singular or

plural,the

their

If there

of Seven.

are

meanings
and

the

pronoun

form

plural.

two

in the

of each.
If

singular.

this way,

pluralsin

ho!" daisies
Sonys

for

account

and

noun

and

buttercups!^

State

singular,give

Mention

other

explain,if you

pluralforms,

lowing
fol-

mention

118

BRIEF

.4

it

Above

2.

wings;

with

covered

his

stood

the

he

covered

twain

with

feet, and

GRAMMAR

seraphim:

is

had

six

twain

he

actually beheves

in

each

one

face, and

his

he did

twain

brother-in-law

My

3.

ENGLISH

fly.^

who

man

with

fairies.

several

dozen
The

5.

they

as

eminent

An

4.

surrounded

Here

7.

At

had

the

this

the
crisis,

the

thief.

His

8.

these

tiptoefor

courtyard, pieces of

the

corn,

and

the

loaf

which

traced
the

cloth

field-mouse

had

been

was

landed

of Italian

arms.

our

that

in the

ashes

marked

his

the

and

partly hidden

dwarf

through

path through

nibbling at

seen

bandits

flight.*

spread abroad

news

the

look

confiscated

and

on

States

last week.

waters

coach

footprintswere

United

the

quitethe

sweet-peas

are

been

justiceof

from

trout

desperadoes

6.

had

chief

under

half

sheaf

of

of

wheat.
For

9.

10.

thrc^e dozen
Who

12.

The

their

of

such
14.

Misses

but

The

celebrated

Knowledge

and

Lowell:

basketful

of

peaches,

turkeys.

his

alms, feeds tliree.^

notable

their

own

German
three

comes,

not

alone

beauty

the

shore,

the

individual

more.*

I Stood
Vision

Tiptoe.
of Sir

Lnunfal.

^'leiiiiisoii: LoLicalcy Hall.

virtuoso, who

solos

but

Bible.

2Koats:

of

with
are

for

genius,played

pair

me

hour.

every

for the
and

riches

numerous

of character.

And

Smith

family,

on

"

gives himself

excellences
13.

and

eggs,

spoonful

brought

woman

negro

11.

take

rheumatism,

on

the

wisdom

withers, and

is considered

piano.
lingers,and
the

world

linger

is

more

THE

DECLENSION

occasions

New

15.

OF

NOUNS

teach

AND

new

PRONOUNS

duties.

Time

onward,

who

119

makes

cient
an-

good uncouth;
We

abreast

of

before

Lo,

Launch

the

the

the

is

bad

boldly through

steer

portal with

the

Past's

key.^

gender

and

of each

person

indicated, and

feminine

The

2.

ourselves

we

sea,

Show

followingsentences.

gender
1. A

and

Future's

the

attempt

and

camp-fires!

Mayflower,

blood-rusted

in

her

gleam

us

desperate winter

the

State

keep

Truth;

our

Nor

would

Pilgrims be,

must

B.

still and

upward

must

if any

terms

makes

master

in
the

each

noun
pro-

case

how

correlative

culine
mas-

exist:

bad

servant.

White

of the

employees

supply

and

noun

laundry

have

declared

strike.

to

is

3.

No

4.

Our

hostess

The

famous

man

hero

his

to

asked

valet.

to

me

recommend

waitress

good

her.
5.

days

killed

African

explorer

lioness, three

one

bull

and

hunter

within

six

elephants, a tiger,and

tigress.
6.

Her

Smith's

is Mrs.
7.

She

became
8.

10.

n.owell:

Bible.

sister

younger

nursery-maid.
an

once

poor
are

Three
to

her

butler, and

actress, but

left the

the

of

stage when

she

heiress.

This

started

was

an

9. Ye

is Smith's

brother

lad has

the

children

hens
crow,

The

scratched
the

Present

mare

Crisis,

manners

of them

that

busily in
whinnied

prince.

killed the

prophets.^

the

dooryard,

in

her

stall, the

rooster
cows

120

jostled each

other

around

the

of the

The

testator

12.

Any

monk

abbess

or

The

14.

I look

was

the

old

tabby

slunk

cat

barn.

patron and

xny

become

may

benefactor.

abbot

an

or

prior,any

nun

prioress.

13.

GRAMMAR

clumsily, and

corner

11.

an

ENGLISH

BRIEF

wizard

received

the

like my

aunt

more

giantesskindly.
than

I do

like my

father

short

conference.

or

mother.
15.

The

16.

The

king

his barons

summoned

children

played they

to

gods

were

and

goddesses,

witches, knights,dragons, and

giants, sorcerers,

distressed

damsels.
What

17.

is

18. The

stag

In

19.

for the

sauce

at

had

eve

shalt

it thou

gander

drunk
do

not

\^rk, thou,

any

As

20.

ruler
C.

roaring lion, and

Write

is within

plural (when

the

is

so

wicked

possessiveforms,

plural exists),of

the

"ally,child, ox, Achilles, bellows,

nouns:

thy gates.'^

ranging bear;

containing

sentences

singularand

son,

people.*

the poor

over

thy

nor

thy maid-servant,

nor

that

thy stranger

thy cattle,nor

nor

for the goose.

sauce

his fill.^

thy daughter, thy man-servant,

nor

is

the

both

following
United

gas, wages.

States, athletics,cloth, sheaf, thief, college,

monopoly, the
Lord-Lieutenant

of

Ireland, the

Britain

Great

of

India.'*

and
D,

Name

the

1.

Dr.

his

2. Allow

me

that

winning

Scott

The

to

Lady

in

pronoun

it is in

that

the

lowing
fol-

case:

writer, disperses them

page.'
lend

you

my

bought yesterday.

'Bible.

and

noun

explain why

and

Newman,

lightlyover

of each

case

sentences

"

Empress

of the

'Morley:

Lake.

Macaulay.

copy

of

the

book

which

122

IL

12.

Listen,

wise

Of

Merchant

Longfellow:

BRIEF

ride

midnight

the

Venice.
Paul

Revere*

and

children,

my

GRAMMAR

how

judge,

young

of

ENGLISH

Ride*

do

you

of

Paul

theeP

honor
shall

hear

Revere.^

VIII

CHAPTER

THE

108.
The
to

in

subject

who

individual,

for

its
who

person

calls

am

up

with-

of
old

be

may

one

individuals,

spoken
The
the

third

person,

speakers,

the

the

of

the

tence,
sen-

by

single
dressed.
ad-

observation,
for

while

hearer,

one

ver!)

the

ing
represent-

pronoun

Art

number.

is

ciated
asso-

indicating

pronoun

persons

verb

standing

or

two

spoken

to,

the

which

subject

addressed,

the

the

person

by

immediately

one

of

person

the

nor

the

the

or

more

the

or

sons
per-

of.
is

are

number,
and

also

person

singular

number.

of

verb

to

the

of

suggests
the

person,

form

plural

ai'e

singular

of

be

see

rest

learned

minds

form

or

performed

nor

our

the

the

pronoun

said

are

to

"

verb.

hear

speaker

or

Verb.

the

the

we

to

have

we

in

person
the

the

speaker

once

addressed;

person

of

neither

at

of

form

action

an

is,

and

"

noun

sentence

that

reference

is,

subject
is

first

the

verb

any

in

^\Vhen

Number.

for

Predicate

number

the

by

is neither

The
has

The

person.

stands

it

that

the

person,

and

without

know,

we

and

verb

predicate

and

VERBS

OF

Subject

indicated

are

Person

109.

the

number

and

number

same

the

and

"agree"

eats,

of

Agreement

subject

the

CONJUGATION

be

thus

of

with

subjects
The
the
123

with

first, the

the

whether

indicate

used

evidently

of

changes
number

the

all

subject.^:

second,

second

ordinary

made
and

in

person

the

or

the

form
of

the

BRIEF

124

subject
in the

far

so

are,

GRAMMAR

ENGLISH

as

followingtable

have

we

noted

them

here,

forth

set

SINGULAR

1st

person

2nd

You

person

2nd

art)

We

person

are

You

person

are

is

-(She

person

Thou

are

( lie
3rd

1st

am

3rd

is

Theij are

person

iIt is
The

verb

fewer
even
obey shows
singularbeing in form identical

person

singular,and

the

changes,
with

first,second, and

third

obey

He

3rd

person

It

In

of the

ending

obey

2nd

person

You

3rd

person

They

obey
obey

other

declare.

It

verbs, such

noted

added

to

becomes

is the

es,

that

the

verb

as

sole

sing,laugh,

as

be

should

hissing sound,

This

s.

all

at

its variation

numbers,

letter

singular,when

person

or

and

of the

most

in

singular differs

person

persons

addition

the

third
in

other

the

walk, find,say,
s

third

the

only

also

variation

We

person

obeys

from

consistingin

obeyest)

obeys

this verb

in form

plural.

persons

obeys

She

Ist

obey {Thou

You

2ncl person

son
per-

PLURAL

person

first

the second

SINGULAR

1st

the

final

already

in the

forms

finishes,discusses, lurches.
110.
form

stand

The

Tense:

to

the different

indicate

for takes

in time

verb

takes

preceding

is in the

the action

is

past

verb
a

that

times

If it is

place.

is spoken, the

(or time) and

Tenses.

Simple

representedas

with
about

on

also
the

the
a

sentence

is

take

tence
sen-

tense

took

place

spoken,

corresponding
to

they

the

present

If the action

in

vary

action

the time

at

be in the

form.

in which

tense,

to

Verbs
which

at

going

is said

certain

"

place in

form.
time

the
If
sue-

THE

CONJUGATION

ceeding that

in which

the

TENSE

FUTURE

cither

the

"I

"I will

tense

shall

of any

verb.
is to

action

the

first person,
and

Thus

past), '*I

we

will

and
When

take

used

are

wishes

one

to

form

to

say

singular and

When

He

She

It

wiU

one

second

third, as

and

wilt

{Thou

he^ intends

that

indicated

the

by

both

first person,

You

person

person

or

The

obey," he

moment

this action
of

obeyed,"it

Tenses.

in the

go

shall go

You

go)

They

"

form

^Some

shall go

finer differences

of the

he does
If he

performed

speaking.
would

shalt

wiU

that

was

( Thou

shall go

perhaps habitually.

that

place,

shall in the

numbers,

We

shall go

She

means

is determined

or

PLURAL

also reflected

will go

follows:

He

Perfect

will go

shall take

verb

/ will go

person

It

"

ond
sec-

shall go

They

SINGULAR

are

in the

You

go)

go

means

the action
in the

111.

in

is used

We

will go

will is used

3rd

that

PLURAL

You

however,
that

2nd

future

simply

plural, will

/ shall go

person

Ist

or

third, thus:

person

3rd

"I

obey"

the

future, shall

in the

place

both

person

2nd

that of
say,

shall

SINGULAR

Ist

is in

future).

the

verbs

the

the

verb

differingfrom

tense.

past

125

spoken, the

form

obeyed" (in

obey" (in

The

the

or

VERBS

is

sentence

takes

and

present

obey'* (now),

the

OF

so

at the moment

says,
at

When

yerb.

**I

If, however, he should

be evident to any

one

one

of

obeyed,"
time

some

in time
says,

speaking,
he

means

previous to
say,

"I

the

have

hearingthe state'

126

the action

that

ment

but
out

the

the

PAST

time

connection

tending
ex-

present
is called

present actions,

by

the

the

still

he

had

he

to

bed."

The

The

past

only

not

in
action

as

future

it

the

case

have

time.

in
The

is, accordingly, known

to

the

going
used

which
as

the

in

show

to

that

the

noted
de-

house,

as

in future

but

as
pleted
com-

time.

represents the
time,

us

sentence,

regarded

past, but

future
tense

as

locked

is

obeyed,''he

on

past

represents action

action

the

time, let

way

represents

also

in the

or

fires and

the

of

to

in

is often

instance, in

for

as,

TENSE

going

at

"

in such

action

up

present

''I shall

says,

had

been

have

the

section

moment

it must
moment

tense

the

in this

in the

not

certain

past perfect tense

PERFECT

but

completed,

at

to

to

"I

as

in that

completed

that

to

banked

FUTURE

relation

same

statement

completed,

past tense,

"When
went

such

previous

with

the

present perfect tense

Since,

clearlythe priorityof

an

the

past, that is,previous in time

as

was

remotely past.

one

speaking, yet

"perfect" indicatinfi:

bears

action

an

speaking.

time, this action

If

taken

has

between

like

not

"

the

in

know

we

of

moment

does

as

indicates

which

say,

of

word

the

TEXSE

Appearing

obeyed,''it

at

action

pleted
com-

marked

represents this time

TEXSE,

PERFECT

tense

present.

on

been

roughly

this

border

which

tense

has

time

moment

the

on

of

which

the

is finished

action

past

time

in

which

one

on.

The
the

The

is

section

to

time

PERFECT

the

going

previous

past.

PRESENT

that

that

time

into it,a

up

and

The

is

place, then,

GRAMMAR

indicated

recently,in

present.

as

ENGLISH

BRIEF

as

tion
acpleted
com-

represents such
future

perfect

tense.

which

statement

follows of those

forms

indicate diflerences in time.

of the verb

be and

obey

THE

THE

TENSE

TENSE

PAST

We

was

You

{Thou

were

He

wast

or

wert)

FUTURE

You

will he

wilt

{Thou

You

They will he
PERFECT

been

{Thou hwht

been)

has been

had

He

{Thou

been)

obeys

been

TENSE

shall have

been

will have

been

been)

They will have been

been

obey
obey {Thou obeyest)

He

been

had

You

been

OBEY

VERB

PRESENT

You

had

You

We

THE

TENSE

PERFECT

FUTURE

been

wilt have

will have

been

They had been

will hare

{Thou
He

hast

been

/ shall have

been

have

We
been

"

You

You

PERFECT

been

You.Juid

have

They have been

PAST

I had

TENSE

We

been

have

will be

You

he)

"PRESENT

/ have

were

shall be

We

will he

He

were

TENSE

/ shall he

He

were

You

They

was

'

127

BE

VERB

'PRESENT

VERBS

OF

CONJUGATION

TENSE

We
You

obey
obey

They obey

i28

BRIEF

GRAMMAR

ENGLISH

PAST

TENSE

SINGULAR

PLURAL

We

obeyed

You
He

obeyed {Thou obeyedst)

They obeyed
FUTURE

You
He

TENSE

We

obey

wiUobey
will

{Thou

wilt

obey)

obey
PRESENT

/ have
You

have

He

has

hast

had

He

{Thou
He

On

way,

tense

of Aa-ye
tense

past
the

future
in

forms

obeyed

the

obeyed

obeyed

will have

obeyed

They

will have

the various

tense

aid

being

used

the

perfect.

to

of

forms

of

both

the

verb

perfecttenses
form

The

verb

TENSE

We
You

formed

verbs,
in

have, the

takes

six tenses:

{Thou hast)

are

two

the

present

present perfect,the

the

hxive

obeyed

of these

past perfect,the future

/ have

hot

had

You

PLURAL

He

obeyed

had

shall have

SINGULAR

have

obeyed

obeyed)

PRESENT

You

obeyed

TENSE

We

obeyed

to form

the

had

PERFECT

namely, by

same

have

They

wilt have

that

obeyed

obeyed)

examining

find

we

obeyed

have

You

obeyed

will have

have

TENSE

obeyed

will have

You

TENSE

We

hadst

have

obey

PERFECT

FUTURE

/ shaU

They

They

obeyed

{Thou

obey

will

obeyed)

obeyed

had

will

You

obeyed

obeyed

You

obey

You

We

PAST

/ had

shall

PERFECT

obeyed

{Thou

obeyed

You

obeyed

/ 8hall

obeyed

have
have

They have

tense

the

to form

following

130

in

as

in

t, as

comes

BRIEF

donCy

keptj lost,thmtght, huilt; n

Sometimes

gone.

in

dropped entirely,as

past participlemay

have

verbs,
the

in

still

this

be

PRESENT

verbs.

the

time,

as

when
had
the

west,"

of

distant

sentences

are

flavor

in

continued

the

now,

is

the

that

it is to

like manner,

"We

continuous
"You
certain

up
had

continue

to

the

been

of

tense

which

during

action

the

future

it

calling,"that

then

that

moment

in future

time, when

PERFECT

PARTICIPLE

of

any

In

action

now

pleted;
com-

up

finished;"They
until

continuous

it will be
verb

is

time.
the

it

ing,"
call-

continuous

was

was

it will be

callingis

will be

present time, but

but

of

be

continues.

calling,"that

was

some

calling,"that

is made

the verb

action

the

calling,"means

been

certain

wishing,"

were

past time; "You

point in past time,

been

that

the

indicates

progressiveform

that

some

have

which

through

present time; "I

continuously at

will have

The

in

throughout

"We
is calling,"

calling"means
the

he, obey, have.

as

present participlesof these

during

time

of

addition

the

verb, that which

verb, that form

walking."

during

on

verb,

the
the

are

by

of the

form

present participleand

"He

The

far

old-fashioned

name

"He

says

been

Thus,

certain

of the

represented continues

one

indicates

to the

he instead

into

gone

out

come

simplest

of

action

which

to

reference

verb

the

is formed

merely

FORM

that

was

by

is used
present participle

PROGRESSIVE

went

am

somewhat

the

to

we

The

of

been

differences, however,

use

may

"I
is

Being, obeying,having,

up

noted,

PARTICIPI4E

when

use

"They

these

be identified

tenses.

usage,

syllableing

we

has

en

accepted.

The
the

spite of

Lochinvar

land," "Young
but

ending

rvBy

struck,sung,
past participles,

always

it should

perfect

exemplifying

becomes

en

or

of its verb.

perfecttenses
Some

the

the

In

found, fought.

run,

GRAMMAR

ENGLISH

completed.

is made

up

of

its

THE

CONJUGATION

with
past participle

the

thus, having gone,

113.

The

verbs
form

with

in

the

number.

verb

hence

English

willy the

or

have

we

of all

tense

simplest
noted

already

participle.This,

PERFECT

the

present

action

verb

and

question.
have,

Thus

when

114.

Mood:

The

Indicative

of

sentences,^

kinds

different

exclamatory, and
the

present, while

conveying

desired

difference
not

of

sense

state

of

in the verb
of

I.

state

or

sentences

the

indicative

of

mood,

things which

in

verb

be, obey

studying
in

actually

was

from

municating
com-

actually present,

state

or
an

This
of

essential

things
By

mode.

and

by

far the

actually existing

cominoiily found
which

in

them

desired, is indicated
mood

the

declarative,

alike

were

speaker.

represent
mood

the

as

the

that

things not

form, called

things, hence

points out

In

"

differed

actually present

an

cordingly
ac-

present infinitive

things which

the

by

is

infinitive

known

found

we

of

state

yet

to
perfect infinitives,

Mood.

present, but demanded

is that called the

Chapter

demanded

greater number
of

of

or

liad.

imperative sentences

between

difference

is

sentences
interrogative

idea

or

The

the

the

have

obeyed, to

senting
repre-

not

as

past participleof

obey, to have;

to

liave been, to fiave

action

completed
of

the

particularperson

any

infinitive.

the

form

present time, and

consists

as

used
of

present infinitives of the verbs

the

be,

to

are

in

on

as

have, with

to

represents the

going

INFINITIVE,

the

limited

not

as

the

representing

"

shall

which

infinitive

called

state

with

present

as

This

completed,

one

the future

prepositionto, is called the infinitive

meaning **not limited"),since it is a
(infinitive
the

but

have;

the

verb

of

In

"

verb, that form

element

an

131

having wept, having grumbled.

find, combined

of the

VERBS

of the verb
present participle

Infinitives.

we

OF

merely

in

verbs

indicates

actually exists.

So

ur

when

132

one

''It

says,

verbs

the

idea

the
time

had

which

of

state

the

refused

of the

tense

of

state

verbs

things

in the

we

good

cited

did you

not

The

116.

"Who

not

actually exist, but

the

speaker,is expressed
be in the

said

to

will

come,"

the

always

expressed.
in

the

it
about

at

116.
in the

The

second

that

present

see

such

in

by
or

that

me

the

the
is
you

imperative

imperative mood
it is not

though

yoUy

does

sentence

"Promise

the

mood

imperative

singular and
of

uncle?"

your

demanded

or

plural.

things which

is, in present time.

be

must

Hence

is
often

occurs

more,
Further-

brought

it is found

tense.

Subjunctive

Mood.

The

"

is thus

conjugation
simple,^ and

very

of

verb
have

we

familiar, in the conjugations previouslygiven, with

various

these

in

state

in

verb

in the

verb
or

I shall be when

things which

of

'promise

person,

forms

the

of

complete conjugation of
to

the

mood:

imperativesentence,

in the

verb

imperative mood

become
the

Thus

last

state

the

gate open?" "Why

strongly desired

thou

represents

in the

only

of

pronoun

"

verb

the

in the declarative

glad

you

mood.

the

subject

once;

did

imperative

Thus

indicative

the

left the

And

shows

The

mood.

only

is

of command.

sentence

in

!" "How

Mood.

Imperative

at

feeling^onceming

some

less than

no

are

it?" "When

shut

convey

real existence

actually existing.

as

help me

again!"

to

interrogativesentences

express

above,
to

are

you

home

at

are

the

and

conceived

help

before/'

suggests.

followingsentences,

sentences

"How

had

verb

and

inquireabout
respectively

all

tion/*
posi-

the

week

the

only

gone,

things which

exclamatory

the

abroad

gone

consider

to

even

refused,had

snows,

of

Even

snows/' "I

friends

"My

GRAMMAR

ENGLISH

BRIEF

moods

It is written

in

third

full in the

indicative

the

mood
complete

verb

we

mood.
must,

To

however,

called the subjunc^tive.

conjugation

of

the

form

verb

the
add

Verbs
call, "130.

which

represent

yet

nor

of

of

thingsas

this head

represent

the

the

certain

of

or

may

conjunctions i/, though, unless, except,

with

the

present tense,
it shall be

just one,

in him."^

he

paid," "Though

When

used

are

be

yet will I

slay me,

things is represented as
conceivable, though actuallycontrary to fact,
theoretically
trust

the

past

ask

for

of

state

tense

of the

subjunctive is used,

if as

in the

sentences,

"If

"Were
investigation,"

an

come

to

you."

used

in

this

possibleto
117.

the

be

his claim

"If

sentences,

of

not

may

the

in the

cumstanc
cir-

is represented

things

true

as

state

strong demand

state

supposition which

mere

subjunctive

possibleunder

as

Where

the

which

for without

mood.

speaker, but merely

in

be

to

133

actually existing,

as

the

verbs

come

wished

as

imperative
as

said

VERBS

not

by

merely supposed,
or

the

things

are
existing,

Under

MOOD.

of

state

imperativelydemanded

as

capable

a^

OF

CONJUGATION

THE

The

case,

past

go, I should

Other

TIsm

is used

subordinate

wish
be

the

clauses

were

sometimes

you,"

"Heaven

such

day month,"^

"He

table," "Whether

"

tale

it

was

state

be

"God

thy sleep."

of

uncertainty,apprehensio
evil

some

better

question be

true

or

In

present subjunctive

the

the

with

be

be

lest

be

we

as,

junctive
present sub-

not, lean

for
laid
not

befall
it this
on

the

say."'

Bible.

Goldsmith:

The

tenses

The

Vicar

subjunctive
of

no

the

The

wishes

fear

that

moved

certainly

going," "If

was

I" "Sweet

"I

that

grant

should

here."

indicatinga

employed:

junction
con-

is,however, frequently

deliberation, desire, the

is

able, I should

"

King

w^ith the
you,

Subjunctive.

making

live

you," "Long

not

of the

in

indicative

"I

e.g.:

often

the

of the

other

verb

at

the

subjunctive

tenses

are

of Wakefield.

forms

given.

of

end
are

the
of

verb

this

call

appear

chapter.

distinguished

in

form

in

Only
from

the
the
the

gation
conju-

complete
present
indicative

and

past
;

hence

118.

The

Auxiliary Verbs

The

"

of

which

is

certain
with

them

so-called

of

"If

claim

might,

the

be

"I

thus

used

sentence

be

things

clause.

Thus,

of "I
evil

some

we

say,

fear lest
befall

may

could,should, would, may,

as

with

in the

clause

or

of

in combination

or

combination

in

English.

established,"

lest

fear

VERBS

AUXILIARY

are

sentence

claim

have

we

actually present,

established"; instead

you,"

befall

of the

verb

should

Such

you."

"If

as

state

helping verbs

of the

tive.
Subjunc-

in modem

than

rather

not,

are

to express

use,

auxiliaryor

saying,

evil

some

of the verb

desired

principalverbs

instead
the

often

we

for the

Substitutes

as

frequently employed

possibleor

the

GRAMMAR

subjunctive forms

previouslynoted/
Instead

ENGLISH

BRIEF

134

the

principal

of the

place

tive
subjunc-

forms.
and

Could, should,
will.
the

The

of
the

and

person,
The

verb

only

could, the

second

person

both

present

and

the

are

with

forms,

represent

the

auxiliary

verbs

called

are

might

These

may.

the

the

is

can

represented

variation
of

the

shall,and

can,

being
present

by

the

dition
ad-

and

of

tenses.

past

May

of

of

tenses

past

and

can

in

St

the

are

conjugation

entire

forms

two

would

following

defective

forms

entire

mightst

shall,will, may,

are

since

found

they

the

verb
second

lack

and

mu^t

forms.

many

ought,
The

PAST

could

(canst)

(couldst)

might (mightst)

{mayst)

may

with

can,

PRESENT
can

for

the

conjugation.

verbs,

only

and

mayst

of

tenses

past

must

ought (oughtest or oughtst)

shall
will

119.

(shall)
(vriU)

The

Infinitive.
"

"70.

Infinitive
"

The

Hood:

infinitive

The

should

(shouldestor shouldst)

would

(wouldest

Present

is called

and

mood

or

wouldst)

the
of

Perfect

the verb,

THE

it is not

though
sentence

unlimited

it

of

in the

upon,

in

denotes
called

the

120.

Infinitive

This

have

in both

appears

before

in

finitive
in-

the

Besides

called

the

present and

the

upon

my

represents
the

finitive
in-

first form

the

perfect

these

two

is
finitive.
in-

forms

infinitive

in

The

of

-ing.

perfectforms,

calling,
having called; writing having written.

an

have

to

expect

The

the

as

plete.
incom-

as

enter

"I

second

the

"

or

Wednesday,"

next

-ing.

whether

infinitive

completed.

as

one

to

sentence,

infinitive,

infinitive,
we

the

shows

expect

the

in the

action

the

number.

and

person

complete

as

"I

sentence,

duties

present

The

to

respect

morning,"

my

seen,^ the

have

we

of

represents the action of the verb

incomplete action, while

entered

135

principalverb

infinitive,however,

Monday

next

VERBS

the
As

represents is regarded

Thus,
duties

verb

the

which

appear.

unmodified

or

form

action

can

of the

OF

in

mood

clause

or

form

The

CONJUGATION

e.g.

infinitive

with

(sometimes

to

infinitive

in

the

clause,'and

"I

morning,"

modifying
enter

upon

upon

my
use

"S113.
"

and

Compare

is

to

"I

as

enter

expect

verb; is in

words,

clause

upon
to

the

duties,
of the

etc.

The

infinitive:

the

case

to

entire

an

already
Monday

next

upon

that

following

"Mary

phrases, Chapter

IV.

duties

my

direct

infinitive with

its

clauses, that I shall

the

to

finitive,
in-

identical,uses

sentences

duties

entered

"|112.

prepositional

participial^

thing expected, the

each

equivalent

the

my

have

the

does, in place of

In

duties, etc., and

my

the

similar,often

adverb.

an

Wednesday,"

the

called

equivalentin meaning

serves,

expect

next

object of

similar

hence

adjective,or

quoted,
before

Each

infinitive), and

simple

have

gerund),

in the sentence.

an

the

-ing (sometimes

or

noun,

called

shall

have

show

sentences

intended

entered

to

be

away

136

all summer/'

"I

"She

before

you

wish

each

BRIEF

loves

to

meet

hope to call upon

them/'
regrettedhaving disturbed

uncle/' "I

my

like

friends

my

like

to

other."

The

infinitive

"Regular

will

121.

The

to

meet

wear

demanded

is

also, as well

in the

of course,

subjects

them

of

evident

the

The

innocent."

as

the

the

stract
ab-

an

sentences,

"Constant

calling and

elec

"I

wish

shovM

infinitives

attack

at

subject of

ing
mean-

thai

of

the

my

tives
infini-

same

object,my

also
"The

once," "We
the

or

if

uncle

infinitives

but, curiously enough,

are

sentences,

these

direct

have

it is in

uncle,

my

objects

like each

to

it would

of

Each

objectivecase,
the

friends

to which

meet

subject,a

sentences,

like my

direct

the

from

begin

to

into

students/'

subject,just as

other.

The

other.

ea^h

will be

in

your

of the clause

that you

like each

friendsshould

the

principalverb
"

In

"I

uncle," and

my

equivalent

and

all

"Make

Phrase."

Infinitive

the

has

of

stone/*

away

other," the infinitive has

it were

imperceptibly

merges

'

sure."

you

-^ng often

calling, torUing, dropping,

writing

dropping
tion

in

as

noun,

are,

GRAMMAR

traveling,""I

go/' "I

you

you

ENGLISH

in

this case,

general
believed

action

as

ordered

him

tq be

represented by

an

-ing is in the possessivecase, as in the sentence,

he represented himself
his being what
to be."
doubted
with its subject or object or other modifying
infinitive,

infinitive in
"I

The

usually called an infinitive

phrase,
meaning it is rather equivalentto a clause.
the subjectof a verb in the followingsentences:
words, b

right is

necessarilyto

not

of
ear

on

every

his

conceivable
"His

Bible.

chief

was

do

have

it," "To
reward

instrument

having fought

for his

one

It is used
"To

earned

enough,"
was

though

see

the

in
as

the

probation
ap-

"Playing by
of her

plishments,"
accom-

country gave

him

138

122.

The

certain

lei, musty
"I

say,

infinitive

the

obligedto
Let

is

do

third

and

"Let

other

"I

'with

in

bring

corn."

than

form

and

tense

present

(subject thou)
The

123.

three

are

PAST,

and

in the

as

oughtest or

the

of the

forms

They

sentences,
no

blow

"He

it is

with

on

stood

words

i"118.

now

it," "I

am

hasten,"

us

and

tense

first

the

has

no

the

only

of condensed

participles

There

clauses.
the present,

with
participles,

These
as

equivalent

"Seeing

no

resource

but

one,
to

old

"The
no

her, defeated
as

as

singular

person

The

"

namely,
participle,

head, showed

classed

used

now

tive
infini-

an

beingy beeriy having been;

thus:

before

by

infinitives,
since, like

the

man,

for

the

adjectiveswere

fiers,
modi-

clauses,

aside
in

all reserve.'*
the

knocked

that

lost

next," and

all

place

of

senseless

signs of life,""The
and

callingy

their

adverb

to

the

ran," "Having

wait

inviting his approach, declared

scene,

"Let

boy'sfrank face, he laid

also frequentlyused
however,

are,

am

for

completed

the

adjectiveclauses,
by

mood:

the Infinitive.

force

perfect,

by

say, "I

oughtst.

frequently used

"Charmed

do

to

me

only in the second

usuallyclassed

are

train, he had

the

it,"where,

should

substitute

tense

past

called, having called.

are

do

must

we

always

is

changes form

to

the

We

preposition.

only in the present

ought

latter,they have

the

can,

it."

to do

imperative

Participleand

of the verb

it,""I

as

When

this.

Formerly

phrase.

the

meaning,

infinitive

Verbs."

auxiliary verbs*

(or permit)

used

auxiliary verb

The

in

the

commonly

is

do

ought

the

persons

them

Must

similar

it,"or

used

Auxiliary
omits

to

me

this," ''Allow

do

to

the

with

this," "Let

do

can

with

GRAMMAR

verbs, notably the

substitutingverbs
able

ENGLISH

Infinitive

with

used

BRIEF

was

festal

well,"

disgraced." Many
once

participles.

THE

burned

in

It is not

such

in

serve

oftenest

the

as

as
or

Voice.

adverb

an

the

and

or

as

to

jective
ad-

an

participleacts

the

adverb

an

as

however,

seems,

clause, while

finitive
in-

used

are

clause, only occasionallyas

noun

stand

for

This

In

"

by

called
in

or

action

an

of

in

element

represent

suffered
and

voice,

performed

or

is said

verb

action

an

to

according

voice,

passive

which

subject.

the

by

action

an

those

and

sentence,
or

the

passive verbs,^ we

and

which

received

is

active

it represents

verbs

subject

action

an

the

between

the

distinction
in

discussing active

distinction

performed

suffered

as

by

subject.

The

passive

of

form

of the

verb

with

the

verb

be.

he

had

been

defeated,ive

are

all

in the

of this

the

the

disgraced,

passivevoice

verb

call at

the

chapter.

Regular

^The

past

and

Irregular
of

tenses

these

verbs

differences

verbs, sometimes
sometimes

conjugation of

The

bination
com-

overpowered,

were

detained, they are

were

the

by

perfect participles

you

complete conjugationof

125.

ways,

past and

the

persuaded,

am

passive forms.

appears
end

is indicated

verb

any

of

"

promise,

sentence.

noted

its

infinitive

The

adjectiveelement

an

124.

be

equivalentto clauses,

sentence.

clause

broken

participlefrom

distinguishthe

to
are

the

139

point.

easy

Both

only

VERBS

OF

finger,the defeatedcandidate^

instances

are

CONJUGATION

and

consonant

giving

rise

and

Strong Verbs.

and

formed

are

distinguishedas

regular

as

Weak

or

in

and

weak

classes

main

two

to

different

two

verbs,

strong

verbs, sometimes

irregular

of

as

verbs.'^

vowel

1544
2

The

ordinary
an

technical

meanings

meanings.

irregular

verb

just

weak

as

good

of

these

verb

English

should

terms
be

may
as

just

regular

not
as

be

forcible
verb.

confused
as

with
strong

the

verb,

140

126.

Regular

formed

Verbs.

"

Generally speaking,

the

weak

are

participle of

past

ed

GRAMMAR

to

the

verb

present.

ed

by

is added

to

verb
of

Examples

consonant,

the y is

changed
cried

spy

spied

imply

implied

But

also

note

vowel

verbs

that

in which

the

in the

unchanged

remain

in y

ending

cry

such

are:

When

by

the

by adding

verbs

ENGLISH

Weak

or

and

tense

past

BRIEF

conveyed

destroy

destroyed

play

played
verb

the

already ends

in

bake

baked

introduce

introduced

spare

spared

This

is true

which

case

also
becomes

present form

the

when

i,

said

stay

staid^

pay

paid

lay

laid

consonant

is

sometimes

of the

substituted

fled

shoe

shod

tell

told

sell

sold

In

Also

hear, heard,
written

is

preceded

as:

added,^

ends

the

stayed.

is added

as

for the

to

present

form

not

final vowel

ending

in ay, in

present, as:

fUe

is

as:

say

The

final y

only

e,

ceded
pre-

i, thus:

to

past tense,

convey

When

immediately

in

e.

or

CONJUGATION

THE

Some

few

verbs

which

their

form

past

final into

is not

d,
PAST

have

had

make

made

clothe

clad

change

bleed

vowel

long

to

bled

fed
lead

ending

short

sonant
con-

as:

one,

read

read

hide

hid

in

d,

the

use

form

same

shed

shed

spread

spread

rid

rid

r,

verbs
add

both

for

present

tenses:

past

Some
71,

by changing

led

Some
and

tense

14t

as:

PRESENT

Some

VERBS

OF

present infinitive ends

whose

rather

than

d^ for

also

added,

the

in

p,

s,

past tense, for

vc,

/,
iu

ease

pronouncing, thus:

The

letter

change

in the

verb,

verbs,

is

to

the

though

present fonn

with
in the

case

brought

seek

sought

buy

bought

teach

taught

catch

caught

think

thought

this d

of

some

as:

bring

Some

further

some

verbs
in the

whose

past

present form

tense

to

t;

already

ends

in d,

thus,

build

built

send

sent

bend

bent

spend

spent

lend

lent

change

142

verbs

Many

for the

form

few

BRIEF

whose

present form

past tense;

verbs, whose

past

vowel.

met

shoot

shot

their

or

tense

past

Strong Verl^.
as

from

Examples

meet

did

the

in

ends

tense

lit

Irregular

in /, use

"

old

often

The

infinitive.

end

in

or

en.

past

same

preceded by

the

Another

English

verbs

verbs

class of

root

participleof

Typical

ply
present sim-

of such

strong verbs; that is, by changing the

present

this

instance:

light

127.

are:

ends

present form

by shortening the

as

for

as.

the
long vowel, distinguish

form

GRAMMAR

ENGLISH

of

verbs
vowel

such
this

are:

verbs
known
of the

verbs

class,

THE

Sometimes
have

the

forms

the

dropped,

of the

of

en

forms

of

student

will

leam

the

for

reasons

only by studying
laws

of

128.

The

PRINCIPAL

the

For

used,

once
past participle,

them

the

general
their

by observing
and

people
each

in

are

in

the

variation

history of each

writing
form

in

verb

Principal

Parts

past tense, and

PARTS

of the

in all tenses.

of the

with

irregular.

very
in

use

of

good
be

can

the

Verb."

the

versation
con-

authors;

determined

reference

Verb, since in
The

table

of

irregular

verbs

The

are
past participle

to

tlie

some

finitive
present incalled

combination

present infinitive is found

present, present perfect,future, and

we

phonetics.^

the

appear

143

is omitted, and
past participle

English verbs

of educated
but

VERBS

in the verbs:

as

tense

The
The

OF

like:

Sometimes
been

CONJUGATION

see

Appendix.

future

the

they
in the

perfect tenses;

144

BRIEF

ENGLISH

GRAMMAR

"

the

in

tense

past

participle in

been

parts have
the

of

verb

129.

they

various

introductory

follow

the

its

in

and

will

that

feared

that

In

the

not

trustworthy," "They
the
The

130.

money

follows:

should

Complete

conjugation

agree
the

of

in

be

"The

tion
quota-

the

its

past,

present

past perfect,
shall

thus:

captain

"The

from

and

"They
denied

cashier
the

ported
re-

safe," "He

proposition."

whether

that

of

tenses

present subjunctive becomes

agreed

he

if the

claim

of

Verb.

past,

wholly

were

were

lished
estab-

paid."

Conjugation
the

should;

the

to

into

shall

verb

indirect
is

is,

quoted

the

present forms

and

doubted

"I

sentences:

the

missing

was

discourse,

an

tenses

orders,"

such

any

money

would

you

indirect

in

given

said

'I

the

tense,

verb

escaped,"

had

one

if

or

But

If

writes:

present

perfect

would

of

"He

that."

";

whose

turns

hold

not

as,

perfect tense, changes

tenses

nary
ordi-

thoughts

or

"He

or

the

sentence

time, does

believe

indicated.

past forms

the

that
said

is in

past

future

had

he

that

forms

^The

"

sentence

Lucania'

the

on

already

no

such

go,' she said";

by

the

into

principal

quoted indirectly;that

are

by

past, its present

into

tenses

past

tense

Discourse.

words

that," "They

perfect, or

present

the

speaker

sentence

usage

introduced

as

the

Saturday

next

these

indicate

to

i.e. when

"'Don't

directly, as

the

tenses

declared

that,'' "She

in Indirect

introduced

are

When

tenses.

therefore, all the various

of Tenses

than

the

past perfect tenses;

given.

discourse,

other

when

sail

be

of the

person

perfect

named,

can

indirect

past and

the

Sequence

use

in

all

the

verb

call

the
may

be

"

^The

written

plete
com-

out

as

146

BRIEF

GRAMMAR

ENGLISH

Future

Tense

Perfect

SINGULAR

1st

Per.

2d

Per.

You

PLURAL

shall

will

Per.

will

He

We

called

have

wilt

(Thou
3d

called

have

You

called

all persons

for

called

will have

called

Tense

call

call, He

form

called

MOOD

Present

(Same

will have

They

SUBJUNCTIVE

If I call, You

have

called)

have

have

shall

Past

and

numbers)

Tense

I called
all persons

for

form

(Same

numbers)

and

IMPERATIVE

MOOD

Tense

Present

Call

(thou

Call

(you

you)

or

ye)

or

INFINITIVES

Perfect

Present
Xo

To

call

called

have

called

Having

Calling

PARTICIPLES

Perfect

Past

Present

Called

Calling

Having
VOICE

PASSIVE
INDICATIVE

Present

MOOD

Tense
PLURAL

NUMBER

SINGULAR

1st

Per.

2d

Per.

You

We

called

am

called

are

(Thou

art

NUMBER

are

called

You

are

called

They

are

called

called)
3d

Per.

is called

He

Past
1st

Per.

2d

Per.

You

were

wert

3d

Per.

He

was

We

called

was

called

Tense

(Thou

You

were
were

called
called

called)
called

They

were

called

called

CONJUGATION

THE

OF

Future

VERBS

Tense
PLURAL

SINGULAR

1st

Per.

2d

Per.

I shall

be

wilt
3d

He

Per.

called

will

You

We

called

be

(Thou

called

I have

2d

Per.

You

3d

Per.

been

have

He

hast

We

called

Per.

I had

2d

Per.

You

3d

He

Per.

Per.

We

been

called

hadst

been

called)

had

been

called

2d

Per.

I shall have
You

(Thou

called

been

have

been

called

been

have

You

had

been

had

called

called

been

had

They

called

been

wilt

(Thou

have

called

been

called

Perfect Tense

been

will have

called

Perfect Tense

Future
IsT

called

will be

They

called

been
had

will be

You

called

Past
IsT

called

called)

been

been

has

be

Perfect Tense

called

been

(Thou

You

They

Present
Per.

shall

called)

be

will be

1 ST

147

We

called

shall

have

been

called

will

have

been

called

You

been

have

called)
3d

Per.

He

will have

been

called

SUBJUNCTIVE

Present

(If) I be called
You

be

been

Tense

(If) We
You

beest

have

MOOD

called

(Thou

will

They

be

called

be

called

called)
'

He

be

called

Past

(If) I

called

were

You

were

(Thou
He

were

called

called

Tense

(If) We

called
wert

be

They

were

You

were

called
called

called)
Tlicy

were

called

called

148

BRIEF

GRAMMAR

ENGLISH

MOOD

IMPERATIVE

Present

(You

thou) be called

or

(You

Tense

ye) be called

or

INFINITIVES

Perfect

Present
To

To

called

be

Being called

have

been

Having

been

called
called

PARTICIPLES

Present

Past

Being called

Called

compact

follows

form

Perfect
Having

writing the conjugation of

of

**caU"

called

is

as

'}

ACTIVE

VOICE

INDICATIVE

Past

Tense

Present

MOOD

Future

Tense

Tense

You

You

We

call

(futurity)
8haU

You

We

He

VwiUcall

They

They

We

He

They

called

caU

calls

He

Tense

Future

Present

(intention)

L,
l-willcall
We

We

You

)
I shall

You

He

call

no

imperative,

condensation,

called

They
He

The

Perfect Tense

have

They

or

been

infinitive
are

not

and

has

called

participial forms,

given in this paradigm.

since

they admit

of littje

THE

Tense

Perfect

Past

CONJUGATION

VERBS

OF

Future

Perfect

You

We

You

He

They

shall
He

"

called

had

We

They

SUBJUNCTIVE

Present

Tense

(If) I

He

He

We

We

Present

called

We

V are

They

Tense

He

We

Tense

called

were

{futurity)

Future

Tense

I
shall

called

was

They

be

{intention)

will

called

We

MOOD

You

called

is called

Future

VOICE

Past

Tense

You

[called

They

INDICATIVE

called

You

PASSIVE

will have

(If)

They J

He

called

have

Tense

Past

I call

am

Tense

MOOD

You

149

be

called

We

He

You

y will

They

Present

be

Perfect

called

Tense

He

You

They

Past

shall

Perfect

be

called

Tense

I
You

fhave

We

They
He

been

called

has

You

He

V had

We
been

called

They

been

called

BRIEF

IfiO

131.

Summary.
which

the person

spoken

Number

in

indicates

is

action

is

is in

the

the

its

verb

is in

If

the

been

the

that

future

tenses

action

completed

the

in which
tense.

called

are

in

action

If the

time, the verb

is in the

to

be

completed
tense.

The

in future

simple
the

has

is

is

verb

is in

verb

been

the

in time

verb

place

in

the

the

verb.

which

has

the

present
in

past

If the action

is in the

is

past, and

completed

verb

present perfect,the

one

verb

spoken,
of

tenses

past perfect tense.

time,

take

to

present, the

present time, the

perfect tense.

spoken, the

sentence

The

represented by

spoken, the
place

at

If the

place.

took

is about

the

the

is

is

sentence

If the action

tense.

succeeding
future

which

takes

action

the

time

indicatingthe

the verb

which

plural.

the sentence

If

of.
distinction

grammatical

time

tense.

in

that

spoken

distinction

grammatical

subject is the speaker,

subject is singular or

at the

present

time

the

is that

is that

its

the person

representedby

going on

past

or

verb

whether

grammatical

the action

in

verb

which

preceding

to

GRAMMAR

in

indicates

whether

Tense

Person

"

distinction

ENGLISH

future

past perfect,and

is

fect
per-

the

THE

CONJUGATION

future

perfect tenses

tenses

of the

The

formed

the

verb.

perfect

or

the

The

the

with

of

the

the

simple

The

present
the

to

present participleis used

of

the

made

of

up

of

the

participleof

present

form

progressive

'

to

form

syllable -ing

perfect participleis

participle,
joined

that

perfecttenses.

conjugation

The

is

connection

by adding

of the

simplestform
verb.

151

compound

vefb

have, the

verb

participleis
throughout

the

any

constitutes, in

of the

tenses

VERBS

verb.

which

the

called

are

of
past participle

verb

OF

past

the

verb

have.
The

infinitive

present

verb, used

with

consists

the

of

the

is the

simplest
The

prepositionto.

present infinitive of the

form

of

perfect
have

verb

the

infinitive
with

the

of the verb in question.

past participle

discourse, introduced

Indirect
is in the
direct

changes

into

if

discourse; but
is in the

verb
it

present tense, retains

the

introduced

its

present
shall and

forms

into

tenses

in

by

verb

in

whose

sentence

used

past perfect tenses,

past, its present perfect

future

the

the

of

tense

verb

whose

sentence

past, present perfect,or

past perfect,and

present

by

will into the

tenses

changes

past forms

should

the
and

would.
Those
ed

the

to

Those

verbs

which
of

irregularverbs;
in

the

or

their

form

present infinitive

vowel

root

which

verbs

en.

form

past

called

are

their

tense

regularor

past

tense

the

present infinitive,are

the

of such
past participles

present infinitive,the

The

past participleconstitute

the

by adding
weak

verbs.

by changing
called
verbs

or

the

strong
often

or

end

past tense, and

principal parts

of

the

verb.
Mood

indicates

is that

whether

modification
it

serves

of the
to

form

of the

verb

which

represent a situation actually

152

existent,or

BRIEF

merely

one

demanded

or

mood

in the

which

of

things which

is desired
The

it is often

equivalent
infinitives
the

to

perfect
to

does

it is not

things
as

represents
ence
exist-

whose

properly
In

so.

the

The

in

mood

sentence

the

and

have

usually

the

perfect
and

present

similar

in

uses

and

adjective clause,

clause, an

verb,

it is

and

present

-ing,

the

of

being equivalent in meaning

noun

asserted

exist,but

now

preposition to,

infinitives

of

state

imperativemood

not

clause.
the

indicative

the

by the speaker.

is not

each
a

in the

called

with

sentence,

represents

demanded

or

infinitive

though

verb

in

verb

conceivably exist, though

may

state

desired

one

things as actually existent.

subjunctive mood

actuallyexisting.A
a

of

possible,or

as

speaker.

state

GRAMMAR

conceived

the

by

represents

verb

ENGLISH

or

in
an

the

tion
func-

adverb

clause.
The

participles,
perfect, are, like the
present, past and
condensed
infinitives,
clauses, but usually adjectiveclauses
adverb

or

Voice

clauses
is that

indicates

the

in the

The

of the

In

sentence.

active, in the

is

by

performed
former

latter

case

is formed

with
perfect participles

past and

of the

form

the

verb

of any

clauses.

noun

its action

passive voice

of its

than

modification

whether

subjectof
to be

rather

in

the

by
the

or

the

case

which

verb
upon
verb

the

is said

passivevoice.

the combination
verb

be.

DEFINITIONS

Person

in

whether
or

Number

the

its

whether

its

mode

subject is

the

spoken

of.

person
in

is

verb

verb

is

of

inflection

speaker,the

mode

of

subject is singularor

person

inflection

plural.

indicating

spoken

to

indicating

154

used

less

often
is

[)urposes

the

infinitive

differ

the

peculiarityhave
their

into

How

What

about

each

of

the

In

use?

clause

into

noun;

that

the

an

of

participle

verbs?

auxiliary

are

past?
does

form?

abstract

an

what

The

there?

are

For

used?

participle,and

noticed

you

is meant
the

between

infinitive

tutes
substi-

What

them, either

in

in their forms?

or

uses

What

subjunctivemood?

infinitive into

the

adjective.

an

What

the

from

adjective clause

into

times?

participle? In
probable development of a noun

and
infinitive,
an

earlier

subjunctive

present
of the

GRAMMAR

in

for the

used

forms

many

Trace

ENGLISH

frequently than

are

How

BRIEF

active

in verbs?

voice

by

and

the

What

passive

is the difference

voice

of

verb, in

any

In form?

meaning?

EXERCISES

Make

list of

twenty verbs excludingthose mentioned

Write

in the text.
in

classes,

all the

out

all the

forms

In

state

what

note

the

kind

tense,

children

"S70.

the

is,name

its

Write
group,

verb, that

principal parts,

number

peculiarities
you

way,

number.

or

parse^ each

seem

same

in each

tense, person,

the

that

at all alike.

verb

one

from

in
have

which

is,
and

it appears,

noticed

in other

of it.

(1) The

"Taken

for

and

person,

verbs

to you

sentences^
it

weak

seem

them

arrange
verbs

somewhat

know

and

weak

in

indicate

of verb

also any

mentioning
forms

to

following

the

that

you

noting all changes

B,

all the

principalparts

strong verbs

and

the

only separating

not

their

form

principal-parts,

putting together

strong, but
to

their

next

the

from

morning

scheme

Goldsmith:

I had

The

communicated

planned.
Vicar

of Wakefield,

to

my

wife

and

THE

2.

Here

3.

As

are

meditating one

was

You

4.

future

shall

we

in

day

155

be

yet

happy.

coffee-house, a little

room.

unacquainted

with

the

I will

town;

teach

we

returned

were

home,

devised

we

of

schemes

conquest.
When

6.

the

VERBS

of it.

When

5.

the

are

part

you

OF

treasures, and

our

entered

man

CONJUGATION

had

she

looked

ladies

two

delivered

this

pretty piece of eloquence,

each

at

other

minutes

few

in

silence.
I will be

7.

bold

to

say

had

girlshave

two

my

pretty

education.

good

The

8.

from

findingus
When

9.

will cut

been

has

at

trimmed

to

see

us,

and,

hither.

us

the

horses

two

little,
they

figure.

evening they began

manner,

house

our

after

came

tolerable

very
the

regular

had

home,

Moses

In

10.

ladies

two

wife

and

my

had

been

their

operations in

undertook

very

conduct

to

the

siege.
After

11.

for

time, I knew

some

she

had

cold

One

very

14.

will
he

sat

round; he sang
of
16.

it

was

Patient

Our
time

their looks

with

the

upon

their return, that

fortune-teller

to

the house

Thomhill

found

we

had

very

elegant

ordered.

thought, expressed

her

sentiments

manner.

Heaven

He

closeted

something great.

Mr.

them,

coarse

for what

15.

them

which
of

by

return

our

supper,

13.

but

promised

Upon

12.

in

they

arraign

never

him

for

what

thinks

he

does.

down
us

to

old

supper
songs,

us,

among

and

gave

the

"

the

children

tale

went

the

tory
his-

Grissel.

cock, which
to repose.

always

crew

at

eleven, now

told

us

156

C.

Name

each

the

1. No

man

Be

sad heart, and

still,
it

Think

Let

thou

doest

of

the

use

except

be

good.^
write

boy;
and

to

travel

free

are

me

nearer

have

you

repining.*

to

home,

it be

you

it when

to

Explain

that

cease

seems

to

of your

farther

the

be, it

noble

only

it.

number

him.^

with

about

and

tense, person,

miracles

be

'Tis

GRAMMAR

followingsentences.
participle:

these

do

can

3. Howe'er

4.

in the

infinitive and

of each

2.

ENGLISH

voice, mood,

found

verb

God

BRIEF

send

to

nearer

from

that

as

and

black

talk

thought,

your

it, and

poor

and

rush

slave

is

back

doing

now.*
5.

Though

6.

The

he

dew

falling fast,

was

heard

yet will I

slay me,

the

voice; it said:

in him.*

trust

began

stars

"Drink,

blink;

to

pretty creature,

drink r'^
7. If eyes
Then
8.

beauty

Go, happy
With

9.

made

were

When
11.

Lochiell

the

ye

Bible.

The

Lady

Clara

Man

Without

Wordsworth:

Campbell:

The

Pet

Vere
a

the

LochieVs

not

de

Vere.

Country.

Lamb.

Rose.

Warning.

Day.

seek, and

ye

shall

you.*

unto

day

thee

in battle

judged;

judged.*

Rainy

Rhodora.
To

be

ye

you;

of the

shall meet

Longfellow:

Hfide:

'Emerson:

opened

shall be

Tennyson:

^Herrick:

given unto

judge, ye

"

love.^

my

beware

that

being.*

interwove

lowlands

The

and

for

excuse

it shall be

Judge not,

judgment

own

it shall be

Lochiell

seeing.

flowers, bind

find; knock, and

10.

is its

rose,

other

Ask, and

for

for

array.*

with

what

Gather

12.

OF

CONJUGATION

THE

the

up

remain, that

that

fragments

157

VERBS

nothing

be lost.^
Shall

13.

Die, because

fairer than

Or

the

flowerymeads
think

read

might

could

(ifyou

live

measure

If I

foreign troop

lay

down

landed
never!

"

Let

him

that

17.

My

son,

if sinners

18.

If I

were

16.

erate,"
utterly"illit-

an

read

Museum

ten

in

forevermore

are

of

pages

some

person.'

was

arms,

my

remain

if you
you

British

in the

and

but

American,

an

be?^

books

real accuracy,

were

May)

of me.

all the

educated

an

in

fair she

person;

with

day,

long enough)

uneducated
book

well

not

fair?

the

I how

care

You

15.

woman's

she

What

good

despair,

Be

If she

14.

in

I, wasting

thinketh

as

in

my

an

am

Englishman, while

coimtry I
never!*

never!

take

standeth

he

would

never

heed

lest he

fall.^

for

not

Corn-laws

20.

The

this be

I walk

Though

Bible.

"

Past

Tempest.

I'll not

not

his face

to

through

the

The
and

Manbj

Lilies.

Chatham.

The'

an

I would

allow

hour

those

shine

swear.*
upon

thee

and

valley of

the

and

shadow

Annot,

^Wither:

"Carlyle:

be

Tibet; work, Annot;

Sesame

8Ruskin:

pounds

evil.^

no

Pipe, merry
Work,

Party of England,

be

thee.^

death, I will fear

22.

or

make

Lord

gracious unto
21.

thousand

not.^

thou

consent

continue!*

to

Whether

thee,

Conservative

the

hundred

19.

entice

Present.

Heart.

work,

IMargery.

of

158

Sew,

BRIEF

Tibet;

Let

us

Muse

fighting
in

long

question

the

position

in

the

cool

the

and

took

smell

of

and

do

the

woods,
the

hot

the

which

cannot

early,

it.*^
Udall

'Greene:
"

Crawford

Stevenson:

"

Johnson

Roister

Ralph

Philornela's
:

Saracinesca.
Island-

Treasure
:

Doialcr.
Ode.

Letter

to

Chesterfield-

with

had
and

the

while

been

cannot
am

sat

which

at

doctor,

walking

about

him"

about

around

strong

but

enjoy
known,

with

grilling
blood

pleased
kind;

been

longer.

no

pohit

all
as

So

hopeless

but

"

much

so

almost

it; till I

how

birds
I

lying

have

you

impart

was

the

ing
fight-

judgment.

precise

bodies

indifferent,

am

front

resin; and

that

of

matter

envy

pines,

dead

place

it been

to

was

the
of

poor

had

till I

solitary,

to

notice

The

delayed

to

many

labors,

want

disgust

26.
my

untenable.'

the

the

decide

to

of

to

go

of

propriety

question
no

whether

fight,

to

the

fight for,

to

becomes

stuck

so

nice

should

began

'be

But

not.

very

be

pleasant

and

me

things.'

or

anything

shadow

clothes

my

is

glide,

certainly

use

must

What

25.

did

would

any

victory.*

side,

many

gentleman

the

stream

of

case

is

there

odds,

The

of

were

such

as

did

instinct

My

24.

silent

spin, Margery.

win

river's

GRAMMAR

Annot;

will

who

see

Where

the

knit,

Sitting by

23.

ENGLISH

to

that
as

fear.*

take

it has

of

been

it; till I
and

do

am

not

IX

CHAPTER

COMPARISON

THE

The

132.

Comparison.
the

sweet

An

"

of

mind

to

however,

the

narrowly

defined.

of

in

sweet

words

hearer

sweet

of

think,

Jamaica

the

large

smaller

thin-skinned

and
been

has

of

not

suggested

by

thin-skinned

orange,

more

somewhat

the

of

orange,

somewhat

oranges,

which
a

orange,

to

instance,

speaks

one

been

of

but

Jamaica

member
a

is led

general,

oranges,

one

oranges,
the

The

has

noun

for

thin'skinned

or

orange,
the

When

nite
defi-

more

orange,

fruit.

of

Degrees

makes

seen,
noun

of

class

of

meaning

oranges
of

classes

The

Jamaica

have

we

noun.

simply

orange,

class

The

Adjectives:

adjective,

meaning

brings

of

Comparison

ADVERBS

AND

ADJECTIVES

OF

orange.

But

if

wishes

one

thin-skinned

any

thin-skinned
of

such

one

or,

other

bigger

he

orange,

"The

says,

by

members
orange

its

than

already

orange

class,

yours,"

you

relation

some

own

either

"the

as

by
been
gave

between
when

sweetest

one

orange

of

or

orange

particular
so

have

as

sweet

any

one

do

sweet

showing
of

of

may

modifiers

of

not

but

orange,

adjective

when

as

speak,

to

sweet

the

or

use

discussed^
me

terday,"
yes-

it
says,
I

and
"a
ever

tasted."
The

"

815,

sentence,

and,

"I

had

bigger

21-30.

159

orange

than

yours,"

160

if

means,

to

GRAMMAR

higher degree

character

quality or

which

"I

than

had

did

made

an

the

yours

them

"I

had

the

was

in the
other

biggestorange

only big

not

to

common

members

of

the

be
He

perhaps
that he

degrees

tall

the

we

the

possesses

this

of

tallness

in

common

in

company,

possessed by
133.
We

that

The

of

Forms

the

(sometimes

worst), it
in the

these

highest degree

of

contracted

is in the

If

to

of

as

the

the

tallest

to

in

men

in

the

of

the

quality is

the

Begnlar

in

in

man

lative.
super-

Form."

comparison by noting
ends

it

quality

that

is called

The

James,"

comparative.

the

which

as

in which

the

all

the

syllable

est

best, last, least,most,

superlativedegree; if

Irregular Forms
are

in

degree

it

st,

comparative degree;

however,

to

Comparison:

adjective.

adjectiveindicates

134.

this

men;

known

common

that

possesses

degree

some

the degree
distinguish

can

form

the

he

sesses
pos-

all noteworthy,

is taller than

possessedby James; this degree is called the

is the
Or, finally,
we
may
say, as before, "He
company," meaning

he

at

tallness

class.

that

is

the

istic
character-

not

degree greater than

in the

orange

degree is

qualityof

the

quality

member

degree

"He

say,

other

meaning

average;

may

himself, in

in

others

common

which

any

man,"

tallness

about

Or

and

James

is

all the

possessed the

possessed by

qualityof

POSITIVE.

It

orange

degree surpassingall

in

say,

meaning

big to

that my
were

three

are

"

the

degree, as

did any

There

may

lot," means

greater degree than

qualitymay

the

limited

in its class.

oranges

lot."

We

of the

class,but that it was

bignessto

the

which

orange

class,the class of big oranges." Similarlythe saying,

same

"

ENGLISH

analyzed closelyenough,

possessed

of

BRIEF

in the

syllableer,

simple,uninflected

form

of

positivedegree.

of

Compariilon.

"

Some

compared irregularly.Certain

adjectives,
adjectiveseven

162

BRIEF

not

have

been

the

three

sisters."

The

in

period (as

found

"

of all

cut

the

was

of

Come

") is

not

few

of the

outermost

their

forming

thus

superlative

the

mid

adjectives endy

expression, ''the

seat," "the

end

the

seat, yet

in this

cndmost
we

end

no

comparative

with
tier"

middlemost

three

These

the

adjectives,it
The

form.

either

formed

form,

and

in

have

adjectives
such

comparison,

superfluity

the

now

was

meaning

adjectives, for

which

instance,

"an

than

more

absolute

understanding

unqualified,"

absolute
none

less exact.

becomes

unqualified

more
was

an

have

noted,

full

however

comparison,
the

to

affixingmost,

meaning

does
as

positive

thus,

more

admit

not

"a

monarchy."
could

be

more

before,"

or

monarchy,"

or

mean,

such

'*I have

''His

succeeding

sionally
occa-

praise
ment
govern-

strictly speaking,
more

closely approaching
were
understanding
really perfect,

government
an

we

say,

nearly perfect," "praise

more

If

we

matter,"

"The

of

absolute, complete,

Thus, if

of the

perfect understanding

more

nearly

lery."
gal-

topmost

be

most

end

superlative

"the

the

top

the

universal, unique, unqualified. These

however,
are,
^perfect,
the
than
used
in other
in
degree,
positive
though
case

the

northern-most.

noHhem,
Many

at

same

should

and

and

These

as

double

in

being

adjective northern,

by prefixingmore

by prefixing more

or

for

more

the

(also southern, eastern, western), has

place

tier," "the

be

can

use

connection; and

of "the

speak

often

we

in

comparison.

middle

seat

was

adjectives

middle, top,

or

no
gallery.*'Speaking strictly,

than

of

apparently incapable

meaning

This

(also inner-

Three

notable

are

earlier

legitimate.

as

wpmost

furthermost).

uppermost,

of

same

an
"

is used

most

inmost, outmost,

in

syllableest, as

mosty

are

superlativeform

the

cases

of

recognized

now

the

nearer,"

more

In

for

literature

the

thou

beautiful

least

comparison
in

repeatedly

Shakespeare,

unkindest

the most

methods

both

adjective, though

GRAMMAR

"She

imagined/'

of

use

ENGLISH

perfect; if

more

the

praise

were

imquali-

COMPARISON

fied, it could

be

not

absolute,

were

It should

be

leastt serve

noted

degree

wholly^

very,

have

"They
that

**A
task

135.

The
be

fast," "He
loudest
the

and

manner

or

less

of

manner.

the

nearer

earlier than
136.

The

the

but

hence

Adverbs

of

adverbial,
3

That

'The

degree

of the

"39.

spoke

faster

than

did,'* "He

is

performed

year

by

more

adverbs

of time

may

"He

stands

ago," "They

landed

you,"

better than
a

be

may

be denoted

degree,of place,and
did

spoke
Evidently

excited."

most

and

loud

of

compared
and

Comparison.
by adding

est;

Some

syllabic
mono-

the

to

soon,

e.g.

"

positive
soonest;

sooner,

words

more

intensehj,

intelligently.
the

to

degree

such

to

modifying
that

"The

Adverbs, like adjectives,

"

compared by prefixingthe
slowly, more
positive,as more

is

to

ners,"
man-

and

just arrived,"

degree may

he

defining the adjective

infinitive

Each

earlier.

is,

is," stupid

^d

adverbial

such

that

in her

blunt

are

the

clever

too

was

"He

was

Forms

are

most
clearly,
Gray,

art

pid
stu-

so

was

expected."*

Regular

to

book

glass,"'

as

gray

say,

writes

than

adverbs

most

most

"He

syllableser

most

and

an

had

verbs
ad-

the

are

may

action

adverbs
form

One

in which

they

Ev

Adverbs.

he

throne

"The

has

mine

fastest when

"

words

unusually

was

and

compared

in

participates

were

eyes

fact,

louder

pronounced

also be

of

compared.

spoke

than

precisely

to her."

Comparison

may

"in

of

disasteful

wholly

was

Such

me,"

to

"She

friend

dear

very

kind

it,"

in this business,"

class.

like "Her

class

less,

mosty

claMse), extremely, so, too, unusiially,

extremely
read

less

monarchy

the

more,

sometimes
of

163

degree.

besides

words

that

etc., in sentences
been

without

member

any

adverbial

an

be

although

which

to

I couldn't

succeed

other

if

unqualified;

must

qualities of

(with

a"

that

indicate,

characteristic

the

less

or

its absolutism

to

the

these,

more

ADVERBS

AND

ADJECTIVES

OF

the

he

clauses

could

that

adjective

equivalent
not

to

an

adverb
is

The

gray.

clause

is

"39.

I couldn't

stupid.

succeed,"

is adverbial,

glass is also

See

gray.

degree

which

in

See

read

modifying

the

being

"39.

clause.

plainly

it," the clause

the

"Evart

meaning.

adverb

was

clever

to

"119.

better, nearer,

oi

164

137.

BRIEF

Irregular

compared

etc.,

very,

(with

as

fashion.

unpretentiously

bird

as

these

can

Summary.

be

may

of

members

qualityin

degree

in
modifies

the

the

to

None,

meaning

rathe
2

"'

Too

^The

of

is, in
early, is

easily by
infinitive

is

are

the

quality in
other

or

by

by

the

they

of

degrees

positive degree
or

below

the

word

three

above

**He

in

to

other
parison.
com-

asserts

the average.

asserts

of

the

degree notably greater

in

asiserts

The

its class.
of

the

less

An

addition

The

the

ol"l

of

it

noun

than

the

that

of

positive

word

lorm

obsolete.

far."

equivalent

in

meaning

to

an

adverbial

of

syllable er

positive the
English

or

jective
ad-

comparative degree

prefixingto
Euglisli.

modem
now

modification
the

as

"

in its relation

member

its class.

sings

extremely

really well."

degree greater,or

loosely

"She

too,

so,

inconsiderately?"

which

by

in

herself

comparative degree

indicated

positive
that

is

are

notably

some

member

extremely,

sentences,

so

superlativedegree

adjective is

an

qualityin

other

any

adverbs

few

adjectives,

them

do

There

not

the

of

to

adverbs

adjective in

that

less than

speak

easily

class.

modifies

it

noun

the

closelydefined

more

adjective in

with

as

Comparison

"

its

An

An

"Sybil carried

you

adjectivesand

modify

clause)

have

we

does,"

f ar^ too

things

of

form

adverbs,

Thus

(or very) well," "How

138.

Comparison."

adverbial

an

with

used

are

comparative

does

of

Forms

GRAMMAR

irregularly:

adverbs

The

ENGLISH

clause.

$119.

COMPARISON

(or less);the

more

syllable est
the word

AND

degree,by
superlative

ADVERBS

165

of the

the addition

positive

the

by prefixingto

positiveor

the

to

(or least).

most

Adverbs

ADJECTIVES

OF

compared

are

like

adjectives.

DEFINITIONS

is

Comparison

mode

of

inflection

indicating the degree

adjectives and

the

qualityrepresented

of

them.

by

positive degree of comparison indicates

The

of the

ordinarydegree
The

comparative

quality is possessedby
above
is

indicates

all other

possessed by

degree

other

some

(or below) the

degree

the

(or below)

superlativedegree

an

or

average

quality.
indicates

degree

above

notably
The

verbs,
ad-

for

of

the

in

which

this

object.

degree of

the

in which

degree

quahty

objects in

bly
qualitynota-

this

quality

specifiedclass.

QUESTIONS
is it necessary

Why
How

numerical

adjectives? AdverbsT

compare
Name

they compared?

are

adjectives and
Can

to

and
mentioned

adverbs

the

compare
in

this

ular
irreg-

chapter.

Demonstrative

adjectivesbe compared?

jectives
ad-

EXERCISES

Name

the
in

appears

degree

the

in which

Account,
1. A

and
laden

as

corn-field

dry;
with

the
a

which

each

adjective and
Supply

following passages.
this

far

so

in

wind
warm,

adjectiveor

same

you
in
comes

can,

July

for any
is

across

hot
the

sickeningsmell

growing, broad-flungbanners

of the

the

adverb

adverb

other

may

grees
de-

appear.

in form.
irregularities

place. The soil

lazily
murmuring
drawn
com.

from
The

the
sun,

is hot
leaves

rapidlynearly

vertical,drops
field

the

seem

is

shore

stones, like

sand

beaches, and
will carry

composed

paving

be

to

Some

you

even

and

The

extend

stones

there

is

She

3.

trace

breath

of

couch

berries

and

to

Garland:

"Thoreau:

only

in the

few

to

is

all

two;

or

these

they grow
and

probably from
on

nor

heart-leaves

small

it

the
so

in.

then

deepest parts,

weed

brightgreen

it, a

to

bulrush,

.the element

wafted

at all

perceive;and

not

"

little meadows

into the water,

two

or

weeds

water-target

might

been

have

of

fresh

creature

but

last

opposite side.

no

flag nor

perhaps

rod

dead.

was

free from

used

detect

the

the

where

decay

cessive
suc-

many

brought

of

on

chors
an-

calm,

so

up

in midwinter.*

even

Her

not

be

properly belong

not

bright like

which

leaves

falls,and

do

little sediment,

usually a

short

muddy^and

were

sand, except in the

is pure

bottom

the

which

and

clean

are

there

that

bather

the

on

rose

plants,except

and

potamogetons,

plants

rounded

two

or

It is nowhere

say

of noticeable

however,

^mooth,

exceptingone

till it

yellow or white,
lily,

which,

the heat

so

would

scrutiny does
a

belt of

transparency, that would

recently overflowed,
closer

of

stones,

its bottom

observer

it; and

the

upon

only to make

run,

it is bottomless.

think

casual
in

of

seen

heat

places a single
steep that in many
it
into water
over
head; and were
your

is

for its remarkable

not

dazzling light and

intense/

white

leap

GRAMMAR

cool shadows

the

more

2. The

of

flood

which

over

ENGLISH

BRIEF

166

green

dressed

fair to look
hand

who
with

had

''When

Main

Travelled

She

seemed

and

waiting for

lived

and

suffered

here

die, put

Roads.

upon.

and

God

of

and

leaves, gathered in

favor.

Walden.

the

one

beautiful

sleep so

pain, so

from

life;not
was

No

near

there
a

some

spot she
me

the

death.
winter-

had

something

been
that

loved

has

She

dead.

Her

finger

it

above

the

was

dead,

were

bom

crushed

forever.

of
Where

sufferings,and

in

imaged

her

the

were

fatigues?

the

Perhaps

and

battles

And
Or

is it

'Twas

long

some

Familiar
on

gayest

flowers

Demurest

lay.

to-day?*

lofty vase's

azure

The

humble
of

China's

The

ago;

more

matter

Where

side.
had

art

that

dyed

blow,

tabby kind,

of the

pensive Selima, reclined.

Gazed

the

on

Her

conscious

The

fair round

The

velvet

that

Her

ears

of
and

saw,

"

Dickens:

Wordsworth

Gray

On

:
a

with

jet and

The

Favorite

joy declared;
beard,

snowy

paws.
the

tortoise

emerald

vies

eyes

"

purred applause.'

Curiosity

Old

below.

face, the

of her

coat

She

lake

tail her

Her

flow

old, unhappy, far-off things

For

Shop.

Reaper.
Cat, Drowned

in

Tub

of Gold

of

its

mute

of

her

Sorrow

perfect happiness

tranquil beauty

plaintivenumbers

in

was

traces

All gone.

and

peace

was

pressure

its child-mistress

indeed, in her; but

"

Nell

stirring nimbly

was

"

the

repose.^

5.

These

always."

slightthing

poor,

strong heart

her

early cares,

4.

167

gentle, patient, noble

^a

"

have

would

motionless

and

sky

the

Dear,

little bird

and

cage;

had

ADVERBS

AND

words.

was

dead.

light,and

the

her

were

ADJECTIVES

OF

COMPARISON

Fishes.

profound

APPENDIX

IRREGULARITIES

I.

It may

OF

maintained

be

that

itself

sentence

modifications

various
in

these

form

business

of

the

of

its

relations

of

different

"case,"

but

from

laws

these

continually
the

accustomed

any

given

time

must

be

taken

speech
divided

the

usage

history

into

writing

and

equivalent

in

must

forms

of

if

account,
of
also

not

be

language
widely

16$

with

parison."
"combeen

variations

or

language

variations
to

these
current

in

many

equal

upon
At

arise.

variations
in

the
of

Instances

people.

recognized

being employed

have

thus

As

certain

illiterate

parts

ber,"
''num-

and

have

numerous

upon
With

"person,"

noted.

are

fications
modi-

which

forms,

the
The

various

the

syntax

it

of

sentence.

"voice,"

be

termed

depend

"irregularities"

using

is

minuter
to

as

of

also

of

the

been

another.

the

names

changes,

and
ways

within

laws

must

grows

has

of

tify
iden-

to

as

relations

found

"mood,"

certain

considered;

so

the

different

such

general

each

one

another,

on

"tense,"

The

separate

what

the

to

been

one

under

the

function,

even

part

taken

have

classified

been

have

to

all

involved

has

and

to

part

and

sentence,

sentence

sentence

relations

speech

the

governing

the

parts

the

text.

laws

in

To

its

analysis
the

elements

structure

of

In

speech

forms.

texture

grammar

analysis.

parts of

their

foregoing
This

"

the

of

subject

sentence

understand

namely,

various

of

the

Syntax.

SYNTAX,

the

the

and

of

all

of

from

turn

its

1.

find

we

entire

the

consists, strictlyspeaking, of

SYNTAX

cases,

two

"correctness."

170

and

similar

other
the

from

ENGLISH

BRIEF

particlesmust

one-word

chapter.^

GRAMMAR

be

broadly distinguished

ejaculatorysentences
latter stand

The

sentence-ideas, while

the

for

former

treated

in

vious
pre-

relativelyundeveloped
virtuallyshorthand

are

of full-grown sentences.
representations

(c) EUiptical Sentences.

when

occurs

is

"To-morrow

implies,without
as

"A

and

at

the

In
be

with

too,

the

its sun-baked

Tempest,

be]

'*[Letthere

the
else?

subject and

the

More

respect; that

members

printed

are

tainment."^
enter-

which

in brackets

[was] thy costly fruit-garden,

"

wall'*;**'At such

than

the

predicate

despair of,

to

seems

Winter's

own

from

pastures new'*'

and
familiarity

context

southern

his

or

both

tence
sen-

ber
important mem-

and

followingsentences

whose

"

woods

time

same

supplied from

'*Mine,

fresh

between

rap,

other

perfectlyunderstood

to

of

irregularform
or

expressing them,

does

demands

must

predicateverb

unexpressed, because

context.

verb;

Another

"

one

Tale

[should

"

^and it

"

the

season

read]*';

be

degenerates

into

an

audience."^
be

It should
the

when

by

the

the

meaning

4.

Chapter

Milton:

1, "S 6

words

rather

careless

often

justifiable
only
readily intelligible

are

or

gain

*Lamb:

Blakesmoor
:

Detached

Parts

of

elements

other
and

Speech.
"

may

take

7.

in

Thoughts

18-21.
8

lose

force

or

even

sentences.

Relations.

Poor

than

arbitrarydropping

destroys the

Lycidas.

s^amb:

"S58.

Mere

and

are

(a)

pronouns," clauses,^ infinitives,*and

"

""S

context

words

of the

phrases,*various

Lamb

their

omission.

of the

omissions

such

omitted

Equivalents

Besides

"

in

of essential

out

the

that

sentences

without
force

noted

|" 113^ 119.121.

"

shire.
on

Books

and

Reading.

the

The

Noun.

infinitive

place

of

APPENDIX

in the

nouA
**

Rescue

and

the

shows

adverb

an

"Mind

p's and

your

die," "The

say

bread

of

the

with

designate

general

are

or

entire

used

sentences

"Never

"'Give
and

tive,
adjec-

an

and

sentence

us

even

structurallyequivalent

as

of

group

their

strike,"

word,"

"substantive"

name

word

any

in such

verb

just,

persons,

to

Church!'"

voice,"
an

time

is the

the

one

alphabet

The

nouns.

to

'To

prepositionalphrase,

letters

is the

q*s," "Mum

was

cry

!' they chanted

a

to

"Now

subject, while

acting as

of

classes

and

the

object in spite of

subject and

adjectives.

as

which

in

sentences

'perishing,indicatingcertain

classification

by faith"

live

just shall

perishing" are

respectively,as

serve,

as

"The

sentence.

the

171

is often

like

used

words

used
a

noun.

Qi) Other
but has

Parts
real

no

of Speech.

equivalent.

virtuallythose

are

have

the

The

be

may

equivalentsof

omitted,*

the pronouns

Adjectives and

noun.

adverbs

equivalents adjective phrases, adverb

phrases
adjectiveand adverbial clauses.** Certain phrases,such
board, in

on

also

take

Other

place of,

with

regard to, etc.,

Certain
equivalentsof prepositions.'^

termed

the

equivalents for

''You!"

"What!"

5. Questions
Predicate,

predicate

2$S50,

56,

M62.
^

of

1. In

in

3c.
57.

me!"

Number,

sentence

is

"

as

of

do

(a) Between

Although
are

"I

the

same

frequentlyroom

the

and

Gods!"

"Gracious!"
declare!"

Subject

subject
number,

for

may

faith!''

nouns

"Jupiter!" "Ye
"Why!"

sentences,

Agreement.

there

cases

Appendix,

whole

even

or

"Dear

as

my

be

may

phrases

By

interjectionsare

the

adjectivesand adverbs,

"Well!"

"

place of interjections,as

pronouns,

verb

as

and
as

of

The

and
in

differences

and
the
ticular
parof

opinion

that

such,
strictly

Thus

verb.

each

apologieswas
United

has

is

pounds
since

survives

in

only

subject is regarded

the

is not

regarded

the

verb

plural,as

in the

sentences,

all

agreed
called

were

elements

together."

regarded
"The
and

When
the

John

Many

nouns

basis of

is

or

verb, if each

visible

"

Bible.

has

manned."

the

tences,
sen-

"Such
"

There

in

alternatives

moan

was

"Either

heard."

"Mathematics

are

by

an

not

no

surpriseme."
as

adjective that

each

no,

the

heart-beat

disappointment,no

purpose," "Every

quire
re-

is the

associated

each, every,

as

obstacle,

quently
fre-

good company."

does

breath,

his

$84.

say,

is modified

conquers
been

nor

news

such
singularity,

effort,""No

battlement

we

"The

several

singular in meaning,*

but

Thus

in

as

singular,thus:

sob

form

"Each

relatives

is also

doubt,"

every

singular nouns

more

singular, e.g.:

is

"Nor

wanted,"

the

thought,

presented as

predicate verb

plural in

its
is

the

two

of

drink, shelter, fires,and

mechanics," and

When

fraternitywere

shouting dies,"

the

dispels

singular verb.

of

and

enthusiasm

sentence,

unit, however,

"The

in

noun

subject consisting of

singularsubjectsare

two

or

he

thousand

When

one

as

singular in meaning,

as

tumult

and

meat

was

last-named

number

closely associated

very

ardor

matter," "A

the

upon

"The

singlepredicateverb,

collective

of

past,"^"The

singular.

as

host
thousand

history,""Ten

apparently
is

"A

it is

intervene,"

to

pretty fortune," employs

of persons

requirea singular

course

yesterday when

as

refused

of thinkers

school

number

occasion," "A

each

forthcoming on

States

of

one,

when

nouns,

following sentences,

the

thy sightis but

in

years

of

Collective

is.

representinga

is,when

things acting togetheras

or

GRAMMAR

this number

what

to

as

ENGLISH

BRIEF

172

tower

and

ject
subphasizes
em-

verb
was

possibil
imevery

APPENDIX

When

two

nouns

"as

first

"Uncounted

verb.

close upon

commends

this

different persons
When

of

conjunction andy
the

verb

when

two

elements

I have

raised

and

(6) Between

Pronouns

1. Relative

Pronouns.
clause

this noun,

in

its antecedent
not

person

subject.
in

the

the

When

technical
and

the

of

the

nature

was

often
one

is

his

but

he

such

with

"Neither

of

only

the
same

the

Grace
are

you

those
one

clause

sponsible
re-

goes,

to

This

is of

which
of the

but

may

agrees

type

is
be
in
its

represented
regarded

logically,as

as

plural.

harden

under

incidents

which

only
many

with

agree

serving as

sometimes

more

number

agreement

pronoun
the

whole

and

clause, which

the

sents
repre-

as

relative pronoun,

it is
and

pronoun

person

phrase

relative

antecedent

more

by

agree

relative

number.

of the

with

opposition," "This
M60,

be of the

following sentences,

singular, but
"His

to

which

noun

person

number

and

Since

"

predicate verb

in the

may
:

But

question."

their Antecedents.

and

apparent in the form

noted

verb

ington
"Rem-

things."

of

the

as

or,

the

or,

the

of the first person,

connected

are

persons

by

plural,thus:
that

upon

in

agreement.

connected

being

question,""Not

the

modifies,^it is supposed
as

elements

subject,*thus

for this state

in the

the

of elements

up

elements

more

of different

in the

element

fears,

my

difficulties of

in the first person

but

were

interests,

common

is made

perfectlyagreed

are

conjunctionsas
nearest

or

of

appears

and

two

one

of the

me."

to

presents certain

it consists

junctives
con-

treachery,

desire, equally with

"My

the

number

as

less than

subject which

the

well

as

joke, no

course

In Person,

2.

determines

disasters,

men,"

subjectby

than," "equally with," etc.,

less

noun

him," "The
unite

to

serves

nor

as," "no

of the

the number

in the

united

are

well

173

BRIEF

174

have

confirmed

that

have

belonged
in the

most

the

best

the

second

books

while

"I
that

is

many

by

dine

plural

with

"

It

several

for

fellows

cedent
singular ante-

lives,"

appeared

sentences

each

to

am

best

of

one

is

of

one

But

years."

authorities

held

to

ungrammatical.
Personal

2.

with

the

to

in

Such

his

best

give

what

namely,
masculine
feminine

and

"Let

of the
even

"Every
know

one

he

one,

any

in the

as

student

point," "Any

one

have,"

to

expects

never

he

of the

or

entertainment."
in such

cases

its

illustrations:

The
is not

they [he]

either

masculine

used,

"Anybody

make
can."

[he knows]

how

have

to

both

his

or

one

change

acted

cared
very

tence,
sen-

her

own

pluralform-

infrequent,and
who

the

in the

as

of the

or

appears
in the

for

their

differently."

[himself]comfortable

themselves
"No

use

culty,
diffiof the

improprietyis apparent

reputation would
must

the

singularpronoun

are

pronouns

These

of

Occasionally, however,

both.

actually

think."

to

solution

representative of

as

he

what

ought

common

employment

in literature,'
though

[his]business

oney

for
be responsible
participant

each
the

most

feminine

pronoun

following

best

the

gender,

portion of

words

this

to

believes

he

gender

masculine

indeterminate

are

preferences,""The

own

attention

represent the

sentences

gender

in
difficulty

some

distinguishcarefullybetween

and

and

individual^ student, etc.,

his

third

the

must

thinks

find

the

are

cheerfully what

up

number

antecedents

antecedents

has

in

agreeing

the

of

pronouns

they refer,

when

''Each

give

"One

rule

each, person,

one,

sentences,

can

Personal

"

which

gender

sex.

should

as

to

nouns

agreeing

every

Pronouns.

although

person,

as

type of

of the

one

pronoun,

sentences:

has

that

is

club," exhibit

characters
interesting

the

be

the

to

relative

for the

appears

GRAMMAR

*'He
decision,'*

my

ever

antecedent

ENGLISH

can

my

help
father's

me

unless

opinion."

as

they

APPENDIX

Nouns

(c) Between
the

form

this

they modify

nouns

and

that

device, this

modified

these

by

words, with

pluralnoun,

such

the

shows

agreement

the

demonstrative

are

(plural,these

friends,that

Modifying Adjectives, The

their

and

only adjectives whose

with

175

those). Thus

and

demonstratives

we

the

when

this kind

as

that
of 'people,

of

the

the

but

plural aspect

would
this

kind

that

sort

6.

their

bring

of

Questions

by

therefore, said

the

object of

and

verb,

as

in

are

certain

be noted.

(a) Objective Case

the
verb

to

speakers

use

he
and

"S 95, 103.

of the
has

for

the

writers

subject

nominative
as

the

the

In

for the

or

the

as

is
the

indicate
and

case,
or

element
case.

the
in

But

guage
colloquiallan-

complement

recently recognized, though

upon

are,

law^

direct

objective

Nominative.

insist

in

elements

general

the substantive

objectivecase

been

other

The
the

used
or

substantives

independently to

or

in

are

verb

may

of

prepositions,which

as

prepositional phrase,
exceptions

''Pleasures

of

case

them.

pronouns
any

if

of

"People

as
or

certain

to

used

pronouns

and

nouns

indirect

form

The

"

''govern"

addressed,

person

that

verbs

of

in the

recompense."

own

their relations

complement

collective

the sentence

dominant,

such

some

Oovernment.

to

and

nouns

noun

take

of pleasuresare

fairlyquestioned whether,

subject were

mainly

sentence,

that

be

plural

prominent

always disagreeable to me,"

are

is determined
the

of the

is

soH

the

that the

ground

and

it may

naturally

not

similar

or

of pleasures,

soH

those sort

the

on

kind

nouns

speaker's mind;

and

of people

only
expressionsjustifiable
sense

nouns

modifying prepositionalphrase containing

kind

These

these

say,

sort, hind,

are

number

adjectives

adjectivein spoken English frequentlytakes

form.

"

but

encounter;

in

nominative.

of the
careful
"It's

BRIEF

176

me/' "I knew

won't

be

usage

is

him,"

dismissed

sixteenth
to the

in

it to

confusion

of the

that

assert

since
it is

nominative

the

between

the

pronouns
of

middle

the

it

go,

rians.
gramma-

personal

of the

accepted employment

(in place of the

you

to

continuallythat

so

English speech

century, and

has

contemptuously by

objective cases

existed

who

matter

heard

sentences

are

and

has

fonn

"No

trace
philologists

nominative

the

GRAMMAR

them,"

was

longer

no

The

which

it

ENGLISH

gous
preciselyanalo-

originallyobjective
nominative

for

ye)

purposes.
difficult to fix

It is somewhat
from

the

All that

me"

is tolerated

The

forms

are

up

in

the

him/*

"Mary

am

do

can

the

verb

the

verb

everythingbetter

italicized should

has, him

their

than

being

of the verb

is

used

m",''

Here

rather

than

subject

the

as

(understood),

and

of

of

me

(understood).*

do

can

however,

spite of

be in the nominative

whom

objectivecase,

in the

in

is

authorities.*

following sentences,
regarded,

"It

form

unjustifiedby general acceptance:

whom
everybody thinks has no
with such
not used
to associating

person

here," "I

words

the

is

the

as

currency,

"She

as

the

by

present time

wide
relatively

be

be said is that

can

colloquialspeech by good

illustrated
to

right to

become

rule

usage.

tions
point at which such devialegitimizedby wide and persistent
a

(6) Nominative

nominative
form
for Objective. The
colloquiallyused for the objective in questions

who

is

such

as

at?"

"Who

but
"

for

"Who
can

Toleration

the

manifestly

are
*

The

ask?"

we

to

use

see

inconsistent

case

with
that
opens

opera
fre-

appears

anything
the

the

at

belief

aimed

that

it is well

which
to

way

tends
forms

to

that

incorrect.

of the

exception

construction

nominative

the

remark

is that

should

"Who

it, for it is obvious

avoid
for

sense

is not

form

"Who

This

maid?"

of this

persons

down

mean?"

you

German

our

young

break

do

to

objective
the

form

general

rule

whom
for

in the
the

phrase

nominative

than
case.

whom

is

nized
recog-

BRIEF

178

7. The

Position

in

the

GRAMMAR

ENGLISH

of

the

Adverb.

sentence

the

to

should

be

paid
"I

sentence,

words

should

have

only begun

the

adverb

the

first

the

to modify the
position,seems
writer probably intended
to say,

the

first

adverb

an

be

its

modifies
either

placed

between

parts,

writers, but

writing and
and

phrases

sentence

outside

begun,

**I have

following
it is

in

advantage
"

"For

X,

p.
**

To

"

"" 6 and

"""96,

69.

103.

by

nominative

of

don't

To

it

workmen."
sanctioned

by

careful

of

the

address^

also

wish

to

there

it," "To
a

of

the

Thus

others.

any

words
in

others

any

sentence,

have

Certain

"

stand

the

ently
appar-

independent

as

particlesitalicized

in

relativelyindependent

meddle, o/ cowr*^," "Well,

that

will do, if
you

have

repeat, the proposed legislationcannot

sought

discussion

upon

upon

"

make

196.

depended

necessary," Why,

summarize,

lost,"

sible,
pos-

found

itself in

Sentence.

depend

structure

ends

the

in the
to

sentences

nothing else,"
To

whereas

begun only

''They

sentence,

colloquialphrases and

"Now,

I suppose

"

the

directlyafter it,

or

established

hardly

Elements

the

the

The

elements.

serve

In

it should, if
infinitive,

an

in the

as

not

be

to

or

status:

attention

chapter," only,

verb

directly before

has

seem

and
interjection,^

the

position
juxta-

speaking.

Independent

8.

close

only.

impossible to entirely pacify the discontented

called "the
This
split infinitive,"is
usage,
many

oflSce.

chapter."^

When

not

verbs
ad-

their

Especial

its

from

in

stand

they modify.

placing of

the

to

position of

indicate

to

serves

Generally speaking, adverbs

^The

"

and
is

should
no

need

of

discard

all

confession, I
this

question

therefore

see

it, no

be

desire

metaphor,

came

Modern

here

rejected,"
for

the

it,

is

cause

to-night

Language

no

Notes,

un-

Vol

APPENDIX:

prepared
grieved

have

to

way

of apology, I

you

such

speak," ^'By

to

caused

to

traces, strange

could

say,

179

be

sincerely

am

inconvenience," ''No

detected

the

by

most

ful
care-

observation."
9.

Common

Which''

serious

lass of

defect

known

was

the

Though

who

transformed

read

"

correctly, Mary

parts, though
known,"

Or,

etc.

remedied

great love

of

was

lead

known

was

love

countryside."
to

one

expect

wittiest,etc.,

the

would

had

lass who

the

simply,
the

good

who

learning, and

of

by merely strikingout

learning,

clause, the sentence

winsome

more

as

winsome

adjectivephrase oj good

the

into

great

no

no

volve
following in-

was

would

If

parts,etc., were

the

wittiest in all the

and

appears.

as

''And

(a) The

"

"Mary

with

the

as

with

clause

such

of structure:

conjunction

coordinate

such

no

Sentences

good parts, though

who

clause

Construction.

in

Construction.

and

Errors

was

could

defect

be

superfluous conjunction

and,
A

similar

"Here

was

from

error

he
noted

company

all

at

must

and

antecedents

certainlygave

even

ferocityand
about
died

pleasing,but

somewhat
her

the

but

countryside

in

truth, but

her

manner,

which

to

claim;" "The

no

daring,to

sentences:

himself;" "The
in

condescension

fled, leaving behind

enemy

enough
extricate

costs

certain

unconscious

the

of hut in the

use

predicament, awkward

which

in the

is found

them
be

which

legends

her

troops
of

their

of

credible
in-

repeated for generations

have

even

hardly

yet

out."

{h) ''Try nndr

The
and

expressions "Try
go

to-morrow,"

are

Try

is not

and

yourself,""We

tliough frequent

illogicaland
in

rouse

meaning

not

justifiedby

coordinate

with

in

the
rouse

will try

spoken
best
or

lish,
Engusage.

with

go^

180

infinitives

the

verb

the

to

GRAMMAR

ENGLISH

BRIEF

and

rouse

to

of

objects

direct

being

go

try.

(c) ''But whatr

The

*'He

sentences,

calamity

some

doubt

but

to

what

left home

never

had

you

but
in the

second

that

the

clause

between

(d) Double
The
idea

is sufficient

alone

was

than

in

modern

purposes;

meaning

of

yet

al his

English

warn't

two

negatives are

of the

educated

no

sayde,

wight."

maner

chieflyin

never

the

of

sort

conjoinedin

the

at

no

it appears

Where

of the

speech
idea

present time, the

each

negatives canceling

two

talk

does

not

uu'

nohow."

pusher

the

intelligent
schoolboy who

no

Chaucer's

witness

English;

vileineyene

no

lyf unto

'*He

affirmative, the

older

negative

convey

lines:

lettered, as

writing

or

expressed

is

other, thus:
know

better

this."

than

The

(e)
In

with ''any.''
superlative

such

watch
any

tence
sen-

sentence.

negative to

one

the

ncverc

In

is

first

the

relation

exact

if it

as

conjunctive

all

main

the

and

common

''He

"There

the

expresses

more

frequently quoted

In

for

In

that.

but

or

no

Negatives.
of

use

him/' employ what

told

equivalent to that, but,

were

**I had

absence," and

his

in

occur

expected

he

what

but

is the
is

members
one,

is

"M3,

"This

handsomest

of

misused

for

of

class,

logicallyas

(/)Adverb
seem,

as

sentences

all.
so

for Predicate

looh,^ etc.,

any

The

that

well

is the

as

the

in

any,"

best

of

the

school," the

comparison

and

implies

word
several

adjectiveaAZ//, meaning

grammatically
Adjective.

After

predicate adjective

"My

any

incorrect.

the verbs
should

become^
be

used,

APPENDIX

in

except
rather

than

say, "She
but

looked

When
of

adverb

is

regarded

would

one

sweet";

smelled

rose

malevolently/'
completing the

as
one

indicating

as

participle

arrived

"I

says

the

Thus

action

safe," the adjective is thought

when

But

is.

or

"The

subject,or

the

understood.

being

was

other

arrived

"I

says

relatingto

as

each

at

definite

represents a

pretty,"and

looked

one

verb

equivalent for

an

"They

the

where

cases

ISX

the

safely,"
of

manner

the

arrival.

(gf)"Ziifce"
In

certain

as

sections

frequentlyused
like

ought

it

"I

if:

in such

the

in

him

by

these

him

and

to

if] I ought

field of

of

course

his

waste

for

with

the

studies, should
will

have

further

say

caution

years

revised

Historical

Kellner

by

Outlines
in

and

of English

Language

Syntax

(Macmillan), Greenough

and

in

Dictionary^

Ways
and

English
The

New

Speech

and

History of
of English

the

and

dence,
Acci-

Kellner's

Jespersen's
Historical

Short

Kittredge's Words

(Macmillan),

English

in

likely

are

(Macmillan),

Sweet's

(Macmillan),

be

may

questions

(Macmillan),

English Orammar
their

of

by

History of the English

Outlines

Bradley

to

curiosity has

Emerson's

Historical

(^o\t), Morris's

fronted
con-

but

is desired

still unsettled

come:

ginner,
be-

be

not

reference

hundreds

that
are

to

no

his

of

The

effect

knowledge

following books

grammar

for many

treatises.

If, however,

time.

the

his

they

point and

any

English

so

Language

Press).

"You

go,"

to

authoritative

English Langvxige (Macmillan), Lounsbury's

Progress

feel

involves
science, grammar
understood
only by prolonged

be

and

sources

his teacher,

by

remain

is the

can

problems,

on

recommended,
the

"I

is

The
just like I do."
conjunctionthat, as, or

it

say

fundamental

ordinary

aroused
or

like

adverb

conjunction,thus:

cases

which

study of original

been

were

[or, as

other

problems

confuse

country, the

I do."

every

abstruse

the

"You

go,"

to

feel that

justas
Like

of

if it

as

accepted usage
as

conjunction.

Dictionary

The

Century

(Clarendon

182

ENGLISH

BRIEF

II.

The

active

certain

typicalinstances

Whenever
sweet,

or

effect it has

one's

upon

when

acts

"The

The
in

impressionfrom

that

the

"This

statements,
One

The

which

verb

able

been

ribbon

say,

conclusion

plunged unthinkingly into

"John

time

the

"John

say,

"

Although
passive verbs

acts

III.
the
may

disappear under

times

gives rise

to

ribbon

shiver,

us

gives us

is

ant
pleas-

is sweet."

the

rectly
di-

more

it

represents

speaker that

he

is

Thus, the first time John

one

would

less
doubt-

The

second

matter."

made.

But

repeated, one

distinction
all

different

makes

the action

PASSIVE

accredited

it

is cold."

"That

and

that

be

it acts

first case,

when
is

"John
hastily,and, finally,

THE

serve

and

venture

new

might

several

been

or

which

subject'saction

it.

hastilyin

comment

same

has
to

acted

ribbon

by

from

in

in the

eyes

orange

copula when

the

hands

stove

sour;" another
"This

green

that, recognizing

so

one's

mouth

or

in

that

green,"

frequently observed

so

to draw

say,

is

represents the

become

may

has

we

red

hot,

burning

declares

upon

by

is

underl3dng

one's

second, "The

makes

made

sired,
de-

formulating the

from

out,

acting,one

orange

sensation, and

it is

fire

been

puckers the

orange

say, "This

we

so

explained,if

upon

different

hot," in the
ribbon

red.''

with

long

Thus, the green

it acts

way

way

of

ways

is

stove

be insisted

not

use.

an3i;hingthat

stove

fire has

different

these

of

the

one,

hands
the

be

virtuallyinterpretingor

upon

palate.

or

eyes

is

one

it need

psychologicalprocesses

of its

asserts

one

while

student, may

to the

appeal

an

COPULA

"copula/'

for the young

upon

by

THE

of the

sense

GRAMMAR

currence
oc-

tain
pretty cer-

is

hasty."

VERB
between

practic"al
purposes,

searchinganalysis.

the

active

it tends

and
to

183

APPENDIX

It may

fairlybe urged that, from

sentence

whole, the

as

looking closelyat

statement.

by Wellington/' we

defeated
which

is

all,has

apparently only
whole

defeated

Napoleon,"

the

on

of

figure,the

But

to act.

of the

doing

as
one

claim," he
so."

Were

other

of

forced

for

doing

to

this

in which

says, "I

was

the
is

about

us

is the

tral
cen-

In

defeat.

suffered

come

ing
him, in bend-

upon

to

receive

an

it is

receive

refuse

to

to

the full amount

or

forced

was

pay

"I accepted the necessityfor

virtually,

by

of

things

the action

or

situation
situation

of

which

he

to

persons) "forced

vey
con-

against
estate,"

Walworth
me

to pay

This, however, is not, strictly

as

that

he is the

in which

represented by

it," that

wishes

directed

others

(or "The

"They"

of the claim."

pay

tell

to

Napoleon

has

resist

definite person

same

"Napoleon

reallyacted, for

has
to

say

analysis,then,

active, is found
or

certain

the

figure
"I

sentence

is, "I accepted the necessity"

so.

In the last

person

wishes

He

truly as

about

importance, a

was

to

things in which

of

he

actor.

the state

the full amount

speaking,the

the

"Wellington

plainlydue

sentence,

state

things,one

says

himself, he would
some

sentence,

permittingit to

or

is to act
When

the

the

which

superior force, he

brought

or

in

and

chief

receivingdefeat
action

after

for which

situation

is

was

agent who,

an

the

the situation

interested

diflFerent state

"Napoleon

subject Napoleon,

its

upon,

In

by Wellington," the

speaker is

to

acted

the entire

feating
part of Wellington,the action, namely, of de-

Napoleon.
defeated

in

the

passive verb

representedby

see

stands.

as

of

even

of

of view

point

the sentence,

part in bringing about

sentence

subject

for the agent of the situation

stands

action

the

thing

to

the

the

represent

passiveverb,
an

subject names.

between
similarity

action

as

well

as

performed by
But,

them, there is

also

the
the

ing
notwithstanda

real differ-

BRIEF

184

The

ence.

verb
the

ENGLISH

difference

GRAMMAR

fact that

lies in the

is

passiverepresents a situation in which

subject is stronglymodified by the action

things.Thus
by Wellington,"shows
sons

the

or

the

defeat, as

action

the
of

yielding to

performed by Wellington.
Similarly the sentence,
I

still the

am

central

takes

action

my

"I

and

in

per^

suffering
action

the

full

though
which, al-

in

is my

reference

partly determined

of

defeated

to pay

situation

direct

other

powerful

more

forced
a

action

was

%ure, although it

place with

others, is modified

of

Napoleon

was

claim,*'represents

of the

amount

of

action

the

"Napoleon

sentence,

whose

sentence

tion,
situathat

to

of

that

by

of

others.

This

action

speaker and
in

of others
the

the

may

although the
policemen,'*

reason

some

goes

far

attract

more

situation is

by
rioters"
this

of the

the

case) and

whose

the former

Sentences

in which

which

In

checked," "The

the

the

is "the

If this

figuremay

and

growth
finally

policemen

"others"

case

sented
repre-

clubbed

the

(the policemen

is their

of the

be

must

for

in

action, affected

agent ("the rioters'*)

subject named.
passive verba
which

such

are

occur

are

then,

the action

sentative
repre-

tain
Cer-

of the central

gaininggreaterand greater modifying

sentences

shipwas

are,

beginning to change.

stronglymodify

figurein the situation

power.

"The

the action

of situations
elements

by

"others"; in which

predicateverb

greatlyor slightly
by
whom

of the

"

subject is

whose

"

attention.

more

recognizablychanged,
sentence

ple,
exam-

(the policemen) may

of the central

that

For

clubbed

were

the

to

agent in the situation

"others"

and

to

new

chief

action

subordinate

become
the

action

enough

rioters

"The

sentence,

rioters,"the

at first it seemed.

than

hearer

important

more

grow

as

abandoned/

"The
'

"The

disease

has

committee's

been
rer

186

Cleave

in the

sense

BRIEF

of

ENGLISH

cling is regular.

GRAMMAR

188

Seethe

as

an

BRIEF

intransitive

ENGLISH

verb

is

regular.

GRAMMAR

i89

190

V.

PUNCTUATION,

CAPITALIZATION,

OF

1.

Capitals.
"

(a)

The

New

The

first word

(b) Proper

of every

Ghost.

begin

with

capitals:

sentence.

Kipling, India, Thanksgiving Day,

Hague.

((?)Proper adjectives,as
(d) Nairies

DIVISION

THE

WORDS

following should

as

nouns,

York, The

GRAMMAR

ENGLISH

BRIEF

of

the

Russian, Caucasian,

Deity,

as

God,

Jehovah,

Siamese.
the

Holy

APPENDIX

pronoun

(/) The

first word

'Whatever

the

I and

ifi)The

of

is, is right/

Prince

the

Turkey,

O.
interjection

direct

quotation,as

'Tope

said:

'*

the

(7) Important titles,as

of

191

of

Empress

of

India, the Sultan

Wales, the President

United

of the

States.
first and

(/t)The
a

book

word

important

every

in

title of

the

conjunctionsbeing usually

and
(articles,
prepositions,

uncapitalized).
2. Punctuation
of

Marks.

declarative

is also

used

period(.)marks

The

usually of

and

after

(a)

"

imperative

an

abbreviations,

N.

as

the end
It

sentence.

sity
D., Univer-

Y., Ph.

of Vt.
The

(6)

interrogation
point (?) is

I. After
II. In

direct

questions;

parentheses,to
number

(c)

The

exclamation

I. After
II. After
it

{d) The
of

it?"

wants

doubt;

"The

as,

ualties
cas-

(?)."'
'

1,200

point (!) is

used:

Alas!

Ah!

exclamatory sentences;

as,

"How

incredible

!"

seems

(:) is used

within

I. After

"Who

as,

indicate

interjections;
as,

colon

thought

used:

the

the

indicate

to

"He

to

formal

somewhat

continued

follows:

as

already intimated,

I have

largestdivision

sentence:

introduction
as,

the

'After

tation;
quowhat
"

ladies and

gentlemen,'

etc.

II. After

the

introduction

to

an

of several

enumeration

particularitems, usually separated from

by semicolons;
*

The

irony,
to

bear

use

as
on

of

the

interrogation

in the

sentence,

the

problem,"

"The

point

in

sophomores

is, in general,

to

parentheses
have
be

task

"The

as,

for

brought

avoided.

one

before

purposes
all their

of humor

other
an-

the

or

wisdom(?)

ENGLISH

BRIEF

193

committee

ameliorations

for

the

semicolon

(;) is

or

of

somewhat

the

(,) is

used:

separate

chance,

separate
each
his

IV.

To

To

metal

coordinate

which

in

elements

the

"Extremes

is

for

as,

intenselycold

which

sentence;

subordinate

as,

are

very

"While

have

not

Mrs.

been

wild, gray,

illustrated

as

other;

clauses

"He

as,

horse, waved

made

his

third of

as,

"The

the

battle, was

separate
that
say, the

from
are

at

May,

hope,
windy

(I),

above

the

main

and

from

hasty adieux,
the
the

was

nouns

first

mounted

off."

they modify;
anniversary of

hand."
the

rest

the

of

sentence

ments
ele-

independent; as, "Strange

relatively

party returned

fact, it should

from

hand, and

separate appositivesfrom

to

as

example,

sensations;

possibility.""A

sentence,

broke."

sentence,

III.

in

quotation; as,

lived,there could

Churchill

'

garded
re-

fingers."

bum

to

morning

it be

case

illustration,
an

an

informal

closely related

II. To

to

piece of

Comma

clauses

temperature produce similar

seems

I. To

in

feasible

propose

(d, II).

introduction

example,
(/) The

; to

ent
pres-

used:

illustrated above
the

if the

necessary,

present order

coordinate

separate

II. After

improvements

intolerable."

as

I. To

seem

is to be maintained

substitute

The

as

ent
pres-

to all statements

value

grievances;to suggest such

order

(e)

the
investigate

to

thoroughly,givingfull

of
and

threefold:

was

order

GRAMMAR

be

in

good

noted, has

time."

further

"This

tions."
implica-

194

II.

To

BRIEF

divide

ENGLISH

words

GRAMMAR

end

the

at

of

line,

as

for-

tune,
hemi-

sphere.
3.

The
I.

The

division
fall

In

of

end

the

at

syllable,

as

of

line

should
under^

para-graph,

word

after

participle,

participles,
as

charg-ing,

carry

under

stated

principle

prop-osition,

present
line,

end

the

divide

III.

words

mak'ing.

Wherever

not

Words.
of

the

at

take,
II.

of

Division

vowel,
not

the

commenc-ing,

as

allows,

propo-sitiony

part-iciple.
ing

to

the

divid-ing.

next

INDEX

Adjective

Complement,

Adjective

Phrase,

Adjectives,
of,

interrogative,

38;

objective,

34,

35;

39;

38,

37,

180,

phrase

137.

and

time

164;

163,

of

51;

of,

subject

Sentence,

Analysis,
which,

Complement,

Appositive,

gree,
de-

Conjugation,

91,

of

Conjunction,

77-80;
of

79;

of

Verbs,

But

which,

134;

place,

of,

77,

53,

54,

42;

of,

182,

177;

106,

115,

144-150.

double

104-110;
double

for

and

110-113;

nouns,

nominative,

jective,
ob-

possessive,
in

nouns,

objective,

nominative,
110;

of,

183.

159,

Adjective,

165;

objective,

in

116;

110;

59;

81;

indirect

59;
of

speech,

predicate,

23;

parts

exclama195

115;

gender,

58;

41;

59;
noun

number,
87;

junction,
con-

words

declension,

object,
noun,

nate
cog-

comparison,

coordinate

object,

176,

80;

conjugation,

phrases,

115;

pronouns,

in

direct

tive
adjec-

appositive,

clause,

116;

case,

160.

42;
59;

81;

in

111;
113;

74.

errors

comparison,

191.

pronouns,

nominative

dinate,
subor-

78;

90-116.

of

Definitions:

127.

179.

104-113;
in

gle
sin-

74;

time,

complement,

Conjugation

Case,

result,

of

75;

pose,
pur-

tion,
condi-

correlative,

Common

Declension,

180.

Capitalization,

or

of

or

of

object,

Call,

cause

infinitive

Degrees

what,

noun,

179-182.

138.

Bui

of

double

Construction,

180.

Copula,

Re,

57;

123-150.

coordinate,

37.

Conjugation

irregular

concession,

74;

123.

39.

Auxiliary

74;

160.

159-164;

Adjective,

74,
with,

73,

noun,

56.

168.

87,

74;

160-164.

179.

Superlative

with,

degree,

171-175;

verb,

73,

co"rdinate,

71;

91,
of,

in

72.

Comparison,

50.

49,

Questions
and

of

in

111-113.

Comparative

50;

40;

manner,

place,

Agreement,

certainty
un-

negation,

of,

50,

Articles,

as,

of,

subordinate,

adjective,

nouns,
pro-

possessive,

72-74;

kinds

in

in

adjective.

71-80;

76;

native,
nomi-

possessive,

107,

adverb,

ing,
qualify-

affirmation,

of

49-51;

comparison

Any,

Clauses,

forms

and

And

pronouns,

181.

Adverbs,

of

nouns,

37,
of,

111;

111-113;

35,

36.

predicate

for

objective,

106,

ive,
possess-

40;

proper,

Infinitive
used

Adverb

38;

subjective,

35-37;

Adverb,

office

37;

36,

ordinal,

of,

numeral,

35;

for

objective,

176;

111;

nouns.

37;

kinds

38;

material,

of

40;

175,

comparison

demonstrative,

169-163;

objective

177;

65.

64,
34-41;

28,

tions,

57.

person,

preposition,

116;
115,
tion,
inflecplement,
com-

115;
116

67;

INDEX

196

prepositional
41,
80;

phrase,

23; verb,
of

67;

noun,
pro-

sentence,

words,

ject
sub-

Number,

194.

170,

in

Objective

in,

case

in

177.

In

135,

with,

case

jective
ob-

or

Parsing,
129.

WO.

in,

mood,

with

131

137;

participial

136;

infinitive

infinitive,

135,

and

participle,
split

131;

past,

finitive,
in-

verbs

Person,

103,

of, 171.

Equivalents

Nature

of, 11,

12;

compound,

as

Plural,

fect,
per-

130.

Positive

adverb,

infinitive,

77;

degree,

64;

136,

64, 65.

forms

of, 92-08.

of, 178.

160.

Divisions

and

of, 47

verb,

130.

ject,
sub-

19, 20.

Prepositions,

65-67.
form

of

Compound

forms

demonstrative,

in,

33;

33,

34,

99,

100;

gender

108,

terrogative
in-

109;

personal,

relative,

107-110;

31-33,

of, 109,

indefinite, 33;

103;

study

181.

124.

and

Questions

Predicate,

equivalents

87;

123,

Irregular

Position,

number

conjunction,

130;

prepositional,

137;

110;

of, 12.
Like,

86,

104,

in, 102,
Language,

infinitive.

present,

adjective

Phrases,

Pronouns,

90,91.

Interjections,

and

129,

171.

Progressive

182.

hoping,

131;

speech,

tive,
infini-

of
after

infinitive

177;
of

136,

subject

138;

Inflection,

phrase,

infinitive,

present

tive,
infini-

perfect

perfect infinitive, 131;

139;

138,

infinitive

136;

infinitive

verb,

auxiliary

135;

134,

of

Parts

of, 170,

-ing, 135,

in

138;

of

Sequence

144.

Infinitive, 131;

tv

Particles, 169.

132.

discourse,

tenses

mentary,
comple-

direct,
direct, 47, 48; in-

129-131;
139;

138,

130,

Indirect

128.

56;

48, 49.

of, 128,

mood,

Imperative

55,

48:

Participle,
Conjugation

Have,

verbs,

of, 175-177.

of, 12-14.

Nature

in

of, 127,

Cognate,

177.

Questions

Grammar,

CJonjvgation

Obey,

Object,

possessive

136;

Government,

nouns,
pro-

163.

102,
Gerund,

in

100-102;

nouns,

of, 92-98;

100;

124.

123,

Gender

91-99;

nouns,

99,

pronouns,

in,

91-99.

forms

plural, irregular
Exclamations,

gender

in,

91-100;

from

171;

95;

number

100-102;

30, 31;

concrete,

of,

foreign languages,

153.

58, 152,

28-30;

proper,

equivalents

23,

analysis, 87;

sentence

Division

81;

42,

74,

109.

Mood,

indicative,
134,

131,

132;

Punctuation,

Sentence

132-134.

analysis, 87,

Sentence,

Negative,

Double,

Noun

clause,

Noun

complement,

Nouns,

28;

elements
nature

collective,

36;

30;

forms

variant

56.

abstract,

of, 17;

30, 31;
casein,
common

used

as

110-113;
and

Sentences,

in, 178,

one-word,
of,

compound,

tive, 20;

168.

pendent
of, 18, 19; inde-

Divisions

180.

75.

adjectives,

191-194.

infinitive,

subjunctive,

135;

132;

imperative,

131-139;

169.

76;

elliptical, 170;

21,

22;

179;

17, 18;

declara*
atory,
exclam-

inoperative,

21;

INDEX

interrogative,
complex,

75;

Parts

Sljeech,
of,

'Divisions

of,

predicate,

19,

Subjunctive
"

of,

133,

132-134;

Adjective,

adverb,

57;

tenses

object,

57,

appositive,

57,

gender,

114;

inflection,

168-

speech,

87;
22;

indirect

object,
noun,

114;

sentence,

analysis,
57,

58,

87;

113,

Sequence

and,

Verbs,

125,

present

fect,
per-

indirect

in

of,

course,
dis-

179.

40;

144;

58;

55;

of,

80;

subject,
150-152.

active,

48;

defective,

134;

list

passive,

53;

53;

Voice,

weak
139;

183-186;

55,

of,
regular

186-

143,
and

144;

ular,
irreg-

transitive,

139-144;

tence
sen-

kinds

irregular,

64,
parts

139-

51-53;
of

123-

impersonal,

intransitive,
51-55;

iary,
auxil-

vowel,

and

reflexive,

55;

of,

consonant

191;

22;

54,

conjugation

principal

ositional
prep-

pronoun,

79,

47,

150;

of

67;
67;

22,

perfect,

124;

126.

cate,
predi-

114;

preposition,
phrase,

126;

134;

parts

person,

present,

125;

124,

144.

80;

object,

57,

113,

126;

Tenses,

Try

direct

complement,

.number,

past

perfect,

future

125;

past,

113,
79,

113;

126;

case,

cognate

comparison,

113;

noun

verb,

80;

conjunction,

165;

58;

41;

79,

58;

declension,

40;

of,

future,

124-129;

jective
ad-

41;

40,

clause,

115;

57;

Tense,

perfect,

complement,

57;

and

28;

27,

134.

Summaries:

164,

160.

irregularities

168;
182.

20.

mood,

114,

degree,

Syntax,

20-22.

equivalents

87;

86,

Superlative

171.

170,

Subject,

of,

types

of,

and

simple

21;

197

and

passive,

strong,
183-186.

51139-144.